1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 290 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 291 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 527 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 528 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 529 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 530 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 531 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 532 // We corrected to a keyword. 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 534 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 535 } else { 536 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 537 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 538 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 539 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 540 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 541 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 542 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 543 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 544 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 545 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 546 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 547 } else { 548 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 549 } 550 551 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 552 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 553 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 554 SourceRange(IILoc)); 555 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 556 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 557 false, ParsedType(), 558 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 559 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 560 } 561 return; 562 } 563 564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 565 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 566 UnqualifiedId Name; 567 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 568 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 569 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 570 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 571 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 572 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 573 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 574 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 575 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 576 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 577 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 578 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 579 } 580 return; 581 } 582 } 583 584 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 585 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 586 587 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 588 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 589 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 590 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 591 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 592 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 593 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 594 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 595 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 596 597 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 598 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 599 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 600 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 601 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 602 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 603 } else { 604 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 605 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 606 } 607 } 608 609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 610 /// or 611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 612 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 613 NextToken.is(tok::less); 614 615 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 616 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 617 return true; 618 619 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 620 return true; 621 } 622 623 return false; 624 } 625 626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 627 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 628 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 629 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 630 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 631 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 632 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 633 StringRef FixItTagName; 634 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 635 case TTK_Class: 636 FixItTagName = "class "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Enum: 640 FixItTagName = "enum "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Struct: 644 FixItTagName = "struct "; 645 break; 646 647 case TTK_Interface: 648 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 649 break; 650 651 case TTK_Union: 652 FixItTagName = "union "; 653 break; 654 } 655 656 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 657 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 658 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 659 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 660 661 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 662 I != IEnd; ++I) 663 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 664 << Name << TagName; 665 666 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 667 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 668 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 669 return true; 670 } 671 672 return false; 673 } 674 675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 677 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 678 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 679 680 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 681 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 682 683 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 684 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 685 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 686 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 687 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 688 } 689 690 Sema::NameClassification 691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 693 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 695 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 696 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 697 698 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 699 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 700 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 701 } 702 703 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 704 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 705 706 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 707 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 708 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 709 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 710 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 711 return TypeInBase; 712 } 713 714 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 715 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 716 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 717 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 718 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 719 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 720 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 721 return E; 722 } 723 724 bool SecondTry = false; 725 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 726 727 Corrected: 728 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 729 case LookupResult::NotFound: 730 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 731 // call. 732 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 733 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 734 // FIXME: Reference? 735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 736 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 737 738 // C90 6.3.2.2: 739 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 740 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 741 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 742 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 743 // the function call, the declaration 744 // 745 // extern int identifier (); 746 // 747 // appeared. 748 // 749 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 750 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 751 Result.addDecl(D); 752 Result.resolveKind(); 753 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 754 } 755 } 756 757 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 758 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 759 // "struct", or "union". 760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 761 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 762 break; 763 } 764 765 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 766 // close to this name. 767 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 768 SecondTry = true; 769 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 770 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 771 &SS, std::move(CCC), 772 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 773 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 774 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 775 776 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 777 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 778 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 783 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 784 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 785 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 787 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 788 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 789 } 790 791 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 792 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 793 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 794 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 795 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 796 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 797 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 798 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 799 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 800 } 801 802 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 803 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 804 805 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 806 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 807 return Name; 808 809 // Also update the LookupResult... 810 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 811 Result.clear(); 812 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 813 if (FirstDecl) 814 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 815 816 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 817 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 818 // reference the ivar. 819 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 820 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 821 Result.clear(); 822 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 823 return E; 824 } 825 826 goto Corrected; 827 } 828 } 829 830 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 831 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 832 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 833 834 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 835 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 836 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 837 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 838 839 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 840 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 841 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 842 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 843 // qualified by the keyword typename. 844 // 845 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 846 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 847 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 848 // keyword here. 849 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 850 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 851 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 852 } 853 854 case LookupResult::Found: 855 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 856 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 857 break; 858 859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 861 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 862 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 863 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 864 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 865 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 866 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 867 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 868 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 869 // ambiguous. 870 // 871 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 872 // so try again after filtering out template names. 873 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 874 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 875 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 876 break; 877 } 878 } 879 880 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 881 return NameClassification::Error(); 882 } 883 884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 885 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 886 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 887 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 888 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 889 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 890 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 891 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 892 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 893 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 894 895 if (!Result.empty()) { 896 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 897 bool IsVarTemplate; 898 TemplateName Template; 899 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 900 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 901 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 902 Result.end()); 903 } else { 904 TemplateDecl *TD 905 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 906 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 907 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 909 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 910 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 911 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 912 TD); 913 else 914 Template = TemplateName(TD); 915 } 916 917 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 918 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 919 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 920 // to based on which function we selected. 921 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 922 923 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 924 } 925 926 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 927 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 } 930 931 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 932 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 933 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 934 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 935 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 936 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 937 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 938 return ParsedType::make(T); 939 } 940 941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 942 if (!Class) { 943 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 944 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 945 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 946 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 947 } 948 949 if (Class) { 950 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 951 952 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 953 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 954 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 955 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 956 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 957 } 958 959 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 960 return ParsedType::make(T); 961 } 962 963 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 964 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 965 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 966 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 967 968 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 969 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 970 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 971 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 972 (NextIsOp && 973 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 974 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 975 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 976 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 977 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 978 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 979 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 980 return ParsedType::make(T); 981 } 982 983 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 984 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 985 nullptr); 986 987 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 988 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 989 } 990 991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 992 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 995 996 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 997 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 998 // the context we'll need to return to. 999 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1000 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1001 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1002 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1003 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1004 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1005 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1006 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1007 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1009 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1010 1011 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1012 // lexical context. 1013 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1014 return DC; 1015 1016 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1017 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1018 // class is the context we need to return to. 1019 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1020 DC = RD; 1021 1022 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1023 // declared in. 1024 return DC; 1025 } 1026 1027 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1031 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1032 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1033 CurContext = DC; 1034 S->setEntity(DC); 1035 } 1036 1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1038 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1039 1040 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1041 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1042 } 1043 1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1046 /// 1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1049 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1050 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1051 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1052 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1053 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1054 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1055 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1056 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1057 // namespace. 1058 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1059 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1060 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1061 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1062 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1063 1064 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1065 1066 #ifndef NDEBUG 1067 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1068 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1069 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1070 #endif 1071 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1077 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1078 1079 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1080 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1081 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1082 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1083 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1084 1085 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1086 // disappear. 1087 } 1088 1089 1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1091 // We assume that the caller has already called 1092 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1093 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1094 if (!FD) 1095 return; 1096 1097 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1098 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1099 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1100 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1101 CurContext = FD; 1102 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1103 1104 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1105 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1106 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1107 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1108 S->AddDecl(Param); 1109 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 } 1113 1114 1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1116 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1117 // rather than the top-level class. 1118 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1119 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1120 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1121 } 1122 1123 1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1126 /// 1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1132 /// attribute. 1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1134 ASTContext &Context) { 1135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1136 return true; 1137 1138 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1139 return true; 1140 1141 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1142 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1147 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1148 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1149 // scope. 1150 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1151 S = S->getParent(); 1152 1153 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1154 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1155 // into any context. 1156 if (AddToContext) 1157 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1158 1159 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1160 // are function-local declarations. 1161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1162 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1163 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1164 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1165 return; 1166 1167 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1168 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1169 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1170 return; 1171 1172 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1173 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1174 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1175 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1176 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1177 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1178 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 1180 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 } 1184 1185 S->AddDecl(D); 1186 1187 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1188 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1189 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1190 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1191 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1192 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1193 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1194 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1195 continue; 1196 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1197 break; 1198 } 1199 1200 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1201 } else { 1202 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1203 } 1204 } 1205 1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1207 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1208 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1209 } 1210 1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1212 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1213 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1214 } 1215 1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1217 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1218 do { 1219 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1220 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1221 return S; 1222 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1223 1224 return nullptr; 1225 } 1226 1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1228 DeclContext*, 1229 ASTContext&); 1230 1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1234 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1235 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1236 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1237 while (F.hasNext()) { 1238 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1239 1240 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1241 continue; 1242 1243 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1244 continue; 1245 1246 F.erase(); 1247 } 1248 1249 F.done(); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1253 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1254 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1256 } 1257 1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1260 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1261 while (F.hasNext()) 1262 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1263 F.erase(); 1264 1265 F.done(); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1269 /// @code 1270 /// class S { 1271 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1272 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// }; 1274 /// @endcode 1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1276 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1277 // the decl here. 1278 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1282 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1283 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1284 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1285 return false; 1286 } 1287 1288 // We need this to handle 1289 // 1290 // typedef struct { 1291 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1292 // } A; 1293 // 1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1299 // not. 1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1301 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1302 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1303 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1304 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 DC = DC->getParent(); 1308 } 1309 1310 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1311 } 1312 1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1314 // these semantics. 1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1316 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1317 return false; 1318 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1319 } 1320 1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1322 assert(D); 1323 1324 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1325 return false; 1326 1327 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1328 // of members of class templates. 1329 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1330 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1334 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1338 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1339 return false; 1340 } else { 1341 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1342 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1347 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1348 return false; 1349 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1350 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1351 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1352 // like "inline".) 1353 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1354 return false; 1355 1356 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1357 return false; 1358 1359 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1360 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1361 return false; 1362 } else { 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1367 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1368 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1369 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1370 } 1371 1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1373 if (!D) 1374 return; 1375 1376 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1377 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1378 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1379 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1380 } 1381 1382 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1383 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1384 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1385 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1386 } 1387 1388 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1389 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1390 } 1391 1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1393 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1397 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1401 return true; 1402 1403 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1404 // functions. 1405 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1406 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1407 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1408 WithinFunction = 1409 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1410 if (!WithinFunction) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1417 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1418 return false; 1419 1420 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1421 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1422 1423 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1424 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1425 1426 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1427 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1428 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1429 return false; 1430 } 1431 1432 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1433 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1434 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1438 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1439 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1440 return false; 1441 1442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1443 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1444 return false; 1445 1446 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1447 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1448 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1449 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1450 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1451 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1452 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1453 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1454 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1462 } 1463 1464 return true; 1465 } 1466 1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 FixItHint &Hint) { 1469 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1470 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1471 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1472 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1473 return; 1474 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1475 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1476 } 1477 return; 1478 } 1479 1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1481 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1485 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1486 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1487 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1488 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1489 } 1490 } 1491 1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1496 return; 1497 1498 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1499 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1500 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1501 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1502 return; 1503 } 1504 1505 FixItHint Hint; 1506 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1507 1508 unsigned DiagID; 1509 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1510 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1511 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1512 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1513 else 1514 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1515 1516 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1517 } 1518 1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1520 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1521 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1522 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1523 // MS inline assembly label name. 1524 bool Diagnose = false; 1525 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1526 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1527 else 1528 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1529 if (Diagnose) 1530 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1531 } 1532 1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1534 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1535 1536 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1537 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1538 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1541 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1542 1543 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1544 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1545 1546 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1547 1548 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1549 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1550 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1551 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1553 } 1554 1555 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1556 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1557 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1558 1559 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1560 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1568 /// to the fixed name. 1569 /// 1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1571 /// 1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1573 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1574 /// 1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1576 /// class could not be found. 1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1580 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1581 // creation from this context. 1582 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1583 1584 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1585 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1586 // find an Objective-C class name. 1587 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1588 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1589 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1590 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1591 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1592 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1593 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1597 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1598 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1599 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1600 return Def; 1601 } 1602 1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1607 /// ill-formed in C++: 1608 /// @code 1609 /// struct S6 { 1610 /// enum { BAR } e; 1611 /// }; 1612 /// 1613 /// void test_S6() { 1614 /// struct S6 a; 1615 /// a.e = BAR; 1616 /// } 1617 /// @endcode 1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1625 /// contain non-field names. 1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1627 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1628 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1629 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1630 S = S->getParent(); 1631 return S; 1632 } 1633 1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1639 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1640 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1641 return; 1642 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1643 1644 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1645 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1646 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1647 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1648 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1649 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1650 } 1651 1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1653 switch (Error) { 1654 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1655 return ""; 1656 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1657 return "stdio.h"; 1658 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1659 return "setjmp.h"; 1660 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1661 return "ucontext.h"; 1662 } 1663 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1664 } 1665 1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1667 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1669 /// built-in. 1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1671 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1672 SourceLocation Loc) { 1673 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1674 1675 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1676 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1677 if (Error) { 1678 if (ForRedeclaration) 1679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1680 << getHeaderName(Error) 1681 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1682 return nullptr; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1687 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1688 << R; 1689 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1690 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1691 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1692 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1694 } 1695 1696 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1698 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1699 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1701 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1702 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1703 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1704 } 1705 1706 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1707 Parent, 1708 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1709 SC_Extern, 1710 false, 1711 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1712 New->setImplicit(); 1713 1714 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1715 // FunctionDecl. 1716 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1717 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1719 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1720 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1721 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1722 SC_None, nullptr); 1723 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1724 Params.push_back(parm); 1725 } 1726 New->setParams(Params); 1727 } 1728 1729 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1730 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1731 1732 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1733 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1734 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1735 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1736 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1737 CurContext = Parent; 1738 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1739 CurContext = SavedContext; 1740 return New; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1746 /// entity. 1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1748 NamedDecl *decl, 1749 LookupResult &previous){ 1750 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1751 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1752 return; 1753 1754 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1755 if (previous.empty()) 1756 return; 1757 1758 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1759 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1760 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1761 1762 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1763 if (!old->isHidden()) 1764 continue; 1765 1766 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1767 filter.erase(); 1768 } 1769 1770 filter.done(); 1771 } 1772 1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1774 /// entity if their types are the same. 1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1776 /// isSameEntity. 1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1778 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1779 LookupResult &Previous) { 1780 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1781 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1782 return; 1783 1784 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1785 if (Previous.empty()) 1786 return; 1787 1788 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1789 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1790 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1791 1792 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1793 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1794 continue; 1795 1796 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1797 // different linkages. 1798 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1799 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1800 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1801 continue; 1802 1803 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1804 Filter.erase(); 1805 } 1806 1807 Filter.done(); 1808 } 1809 1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1811 QualType OldType; 1812 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1813 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1814 else 1815 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1816 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1817 1818 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1819 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1820 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1822 << Kind << NewType; 1823 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1824 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1825 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (OldType != NewType && 1830 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1831 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1832 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1833 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1835 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1836 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1848 /// 1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1850 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1851 // merging checks. 1852 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1853 1854 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1855 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1856 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1857 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1858 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1859 default: break; 1860 case 2: 1861 { 1862 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1863 break; 1864 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1866 break; 1867 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1868 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1869 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1873 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1874 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1875 return; 1876 } 1877 case 5: 1878 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1879 break; 1880 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1881 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1883 return; 1884 case 3: 1885 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1886 break; 1887 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1888 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1893 } 1894 1895 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1896 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1897 if (!Old) { 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1899 << New->getDeclName(); 1900 1901 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1902 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 1905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1906 } 1907 1908 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1909 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1911 1912 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1913 // with any extensions enabled. 1914 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1918 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1919 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1920 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1925 return; 1926 1927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1928 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1929 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1930 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1931 // to the type to which it already refers. 1932 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1933 return; 1934 1935 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1936 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1937 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1938 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1939 // 1940 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1941 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1942 // 1943 // struct S { 1944 // typedef struct A { } A; 1945 // }; 1946 // 1947 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1948 // allow the above but disallow 1949 // 1950 // struct S { 1951 // typedef int I; 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // }; 1954 // 1955 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1956 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1957 return; 1958 1959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1960 << New->getDeclName(); 1961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1962 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1963 } 1964 1965 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1966 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1970 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1971 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1972 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1973 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1974 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1975 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1976 return; 1977 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1985 /// attribute. 1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1987 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1988 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1989 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1990 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1991 if (Ann) { 1992 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1993 return true; 1994 continue; 1995 } 1996 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1997 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1998 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1999 return true; 2000 } 2001 2002 return false; 2003 } 2004 2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2007 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2008 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2009 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2010 return true; 2011 } 2012 2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2015 /// 2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2018 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2019 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2020 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2021 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2022 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2023 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2024 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2025 // in a case like: 2026 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2028 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2029 // definition in such a case. 2030 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2031 return false; 2032 2033 if (I->isAlignas()) 2034 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2035 2036 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2037 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2038 OldAlign = Align; 2039 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2044 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2046 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2047 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2048 return false; 2049 2050 if (I->isAlignas()) 2051 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2052 2053 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2054 if (Align > NewAlign) 2055 NewAlign = Align; 2056 } 2057 2058 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2059 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2060 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2061 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2062 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2063 2064 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2065 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2066 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2067 QualType Ty; 2068 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2069 Ty = VD->getType(); 2070 else 2071 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2072 2073 if (OldAlign == 0) 2074 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2075 if (NewAlign == 0) 2076 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2077 } 2078 2079 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2080 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2081 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2083 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2088 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2089 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2090 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2091 // equivalent alignment. 2092 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2093 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2094 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2095 // have no alignment specifier. 2096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2097 << OldAlignasAttr; 2098 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2099 << OldAlignasAttr; 2100 } 2101 2102 bool AnyAdded = false; 2103 2104 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2105 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2106 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2107 Clone->setInherited(true); 2108 New->addAttr(Clone); 2109 AnyAdded = true; 2110 } 2111 2112 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2113 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2114 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2115 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2116 Clone->setInherited(true); 2117 New->addAttr(Clone); 2118 AnyAdded = true; 2119 } 2120 2121 return AnyAdded; 2122 } 2123 2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2125 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2126 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2127 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2128 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2129 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2130 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2131 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2132 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2133 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2135 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2136 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2137 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2138 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2139 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2140 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2141 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2142 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2144 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2145 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2146 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2147 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2148 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2149 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2150 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2151 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2152 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2153 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2154 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2155 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2156 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2157 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2158 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2159 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2160 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2161 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2162 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2163 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2164 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2165 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2166 NewAttr = nullptr; 2167 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2168 NewAttr = nullptr; 2169 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2170 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2171 2172 if (NewAttr) { 2173 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2175 return true; 2176 } 2177 2178 return false; 2179 } 2180 2181 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2182 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2183 return TD->getDefinition(); 2184 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2185 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2186 if (Def) 2187 return Def; 2188 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2189 } 2190 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2191 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2192 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2193 return Def; 2194 } 2195 return nullptr; 2196 } 2197 2198 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2199 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2200 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2201 return true; 2202 return false; 2203 } 2204 2205 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2206 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2207 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2208 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2209 return; 2210 2211 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2212 if (!Def || Def == New) 2213 return; 2214 2215 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2216 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2217 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2218 2219 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2220 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2221 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2222 else { 2223 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2224 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2225 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2226 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2227 : diag::err_redefinition; 2228 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2229 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2230 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2231 } 2232 ++I; 2233 continue; 2234 } 2235 2236 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2237 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2238 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2239 ++I; 2240 continue; 2241 } 2242 } 2243 2244 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2245 ++I; 2246 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2247 } 2248 2249 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2250 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2251 ++I; 2252 continue; 2253 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2254 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2255 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2256 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2257 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2258 // equivalent alignment. 2259 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2260 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2261 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2262 // have no alignment specifier. 2263 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2264 << AA; 2265 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2266 << AA; 2267 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2268 --E; 2269 continue; 2270 } 2271 } 2272 2273 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2274 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2275 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2276 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2277 --E; 2278 } 2279 } 2280 2281 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2282 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2283 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2284 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2285 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2286 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2287 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2288 } 2289 2290 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2291 return; 2292 2293 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2294 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2295 2296 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2297 return; 2298 2299 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2300 2301 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2302 // we process them. 2303 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2304 2305 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2306 bool Override = false; 2307 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2308 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2309 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2310 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2311 switch (AMK) { 2312 case AMK_None: 2313 continue; 2314 2315 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2316 break; 2317 2318 case AMK_Override: 2319 Override = true; 2320 break; 2321 } 2322 } 2323 2324 // Already handled. 2325 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2326 continue; 2327 2328 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2329 foundAny = true; 2330 } 2331 2332 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2333 foundAny = true; 2334 2335 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2336 } 2337 2338 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2339 /// to the new one. 2340 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2341 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2342 Sema &S) { 2343 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2344 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2345 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2346 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2347 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2348 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2349 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2350 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2351 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2352 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2353 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2354 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2355 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2356 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2357 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2358 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2359 } 2360 2361 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2362 return; 2363 2364 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2365 2366 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2367 // done before we process them. 2368 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2369 2370 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2371 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2372 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2373 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2374 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2375 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2376 foundAny = true; 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2381 } 2382 2383 namespace { 2384 2385 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2386 /// C. 2387 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2388 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2389 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2390 QualType PromotedType; 2391 }; 2392 2393 } 2394 2395 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2396 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2397 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2398 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2399 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2400 2401 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2402 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2403 2404 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2405 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2406 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2407 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2408 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2409 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2410 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2411 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2412 } 2413 2414 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2415 } 2416 2417 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2418 // declaration, or a declaration. 2419 template <typename T> 2420 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2421 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2422 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2423 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2424 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2426 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2427 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2428 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2429 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2430 } else 2431 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2432 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2433 } 2434 2435 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2436 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2437 /// GNU89 mode. 2438 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2439 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2440 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2441 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2442 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2443 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2444 } 2445 2446 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2447 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2448 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2449 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2450 return AT; 2451 } 2452 2453 template <typename T> 2454 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2455 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2456 if (DC->isRecord()) 2457 return false; 2458 2459 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2460 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2461 return true; 2462 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2463 return true; 2464 return false; 2465 } 2466 2467 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2468 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2469 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2470 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2471 /// 2472 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2473 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2474 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2475 /// merged with. 2476 /// 2477 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2478 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2479 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2480 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2481 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2482 if (!Old) { 2483 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2484 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2486 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2487 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2488 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2489 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2490 return true; 2491 } 2492 2493 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2494 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2495 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2496 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2497 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2498 2499 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2500 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2501 if (Old && 2502 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2503 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2504 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2505 Old = nullptr; 2506 2507 if (!Old) { 2508 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2509 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2510 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2511 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2512 return true; 2513 } 2514 OldD = Old; 2515 } else { 2516 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2517 << New->getDeclName(); 2518 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2519 return true; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2524 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2525 return true; 2526 2527 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2528 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2529 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2530 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2531 2532 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2533 // is an extern inline function. 2534 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2535 // storage classes. 2536 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2537 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2538 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2539 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2540 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2541 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2543 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2544 } else { 2545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2546 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2547 return true; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 2552 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2553 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2554 // convention of the first. 2555 // 2556 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2557 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2558 // 2559 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2560 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2561 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2562 // 2563 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2564 // other tests to run. 2565 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2566 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2567 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2568 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2569 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2570 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2571 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2572 2573 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2574 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2575 const FunctionType *FT = 2576 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2577 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2578 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2579 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2580 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2581 // there but not here. 2582 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2583 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2584 } else { 2585 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2586 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2588 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2589 << !FirstCCExplicit 2590 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2591 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2592 2593 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2594 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2595 return true; 2596 } 2597 } 2598 2599 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2600 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2601 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2602 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2603 } 2604 2605 // Merge regparm attribute. 2606 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2607 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2608 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2610 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2611 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2612 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2613 return true; 2614 } 2615 2616 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2617 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2618 } 2619 2620 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2621 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2622 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2624 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 2628 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2629 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2630 } 2631 2632 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2633 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2634 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2635 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2636 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2637 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2638 } 2639 2640 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2641 // UndefinedButUsed. 2642 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2643 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2644 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2645 Old->isUsed(false) && 2646 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2647 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2648 SourceLocation())); 2649 2650 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2651 // about it. 2652 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2653 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2654 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2655 } 2656 2657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2658 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2659 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2660 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2661 // cannot be overloaded. 2662 2663 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2664 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2665 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2666 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2667 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2668 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2669 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2670 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2671 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2672 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2673 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2674 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2675 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2676 QualType ResQT; 2677 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2678 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2679 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2680 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2681 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2682 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2683 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2684 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2686 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2687 else 2688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2689 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2690 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2691 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2692 return true; 2693 } 2694 else 2695 NewQType = ResQT; 2696 } 2697 2698 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2699 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2700 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2701 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2702 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2703 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2704 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2705 New->setType( 2706 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2707 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2708 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2709 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2710 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2711 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2712 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2713 } 2714 } 2715 2716 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2717 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2718 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2719 // Preserve triviality. 2720 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2721 2722 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2723 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2724 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2725 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2726 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2727 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2728 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2729 2730 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2731 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2732 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2733 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2734 // is a static member function declaration. 2735 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2736 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2737 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2738 return true; 2739 } 2740 2741 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2742 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2743 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2744 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2745 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2746 unsigned NewDiag; 2747 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2748 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2749 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2750 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2751 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2752 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2753 else 2754 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2755 2756 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2757 } else { 2758 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2759 << New << New->getType(); 2760 } 2761 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2762 2763 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2764 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2765 // 2766 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2767 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2768 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2769 if (isFriend) { 2770 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2771 } else { 2772 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2773 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2774 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2775 return true; 2776 } 2777 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2778 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2779 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2780 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2781 return true; 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2786 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2787 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2788 // attribute. 2789 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2790 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2791 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2792 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2793 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2794 } 2795 2796 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2797 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2798 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2799 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2800 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2801 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2802 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2803 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2804 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2805 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2806 } 2807 2808 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2809 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2810 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2811 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2812 2813 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2814 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2815 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2816 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2817 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2818 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2819 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2820 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2821 } 2822 2823 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2824 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2825 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2826 // 2827 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2828 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2829 // linkage within class scope. 2830 // 2831 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2832 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2834 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2835 } else { 2836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2837 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 } 2841 2842 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2843 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2844 2845 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2846 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2847 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2848 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2849 // when we instantiate the function. 2850 return false; 2851 } 2852 2853 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2854 } 2855 2856 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2857 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2858 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2859 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2860 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2861 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2862 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2863 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2864 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2865 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2866 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2867 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2868 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2869 NewQType = 2870 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2871 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2872 New->setType(NewQType); 2873 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2874 2875 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2876 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2877 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2878 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2879 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2880 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2881 SC_None, nullptr); 2882 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2883 Param->setImplicit(); 2884 Params.push_back(Param); 2885 } 2886 2887 New->setParams(Params); 2888 } 2889 2890 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2891 } 2892 2893 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2894 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2895 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2896 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2897 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2898 // the prototype. 2899 // 2900 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2901 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2902 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2903 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2904 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2905 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2906 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2907 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2908 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2909 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2910 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2911 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2912 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2913 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2914 2915 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2916 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2917 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2918 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2919 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2920 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2921 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2922 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2923 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2924 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2925 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2926 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2927 NewParm->getType(), 2928 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2929 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2930 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2931 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2932 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2933 } else 2934 LooseCompatible = false; 2935 } 2936 2937 if (LooseCompatible) { 2938 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2939 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2940 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2941 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2942 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2943 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2944 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2945 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2946 } 2947 2948 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2949 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2950 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2951 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2952 } 2953 2954 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2955 } 2956 2957 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2958 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2959 2960 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2961 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2962 unsigned BuiltinID; 2963 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2964 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2965 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2966 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2967 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2968 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2969 << Old << Old->getType(); 2970 2971 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2972 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2973 // 2974 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2975 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2976 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2977 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2978 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2979 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2980 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2981 2982 return false; 2983 } 2984 2985 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2986 } 2987 2988 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2989 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2990 return true; 2991 } 2992 2993 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2994 /// known to be compatible. 2995 /// 2996 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2997 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2998 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2999 /// redeclaration of Old. 3000 /// 3001 /// \returns false 3002 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3003 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3004 // Merge the attributes 3005 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3006 3007 // Merge "pure" flag. 3008 if (Old->isPure()) 3009 New->setPure(); 3010 3011 // Merge "used" flag. 3012 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3013 New->setIsUsed(); 3014 3015 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3016 // declarations. 3017 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3019 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3020 *this); 3021 3022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3023 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3024 3025 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3026 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3027 // was visible. 3028 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3029 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3030 New->setType(Merged); 3031 3032 return false; 3033 } 3034 3035 3036 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3037 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3038 3039 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3040 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3041 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3042 : AMK_Override; 3043 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3044 3045 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3046 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3047 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3048 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3049 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3050 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3051 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3052 3053 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3054 } 3055 3056 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3057 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3058 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3059 /// 3060 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3061 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3062 /// is attached. 3063 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3064 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3065 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3066 return; 3067 3068 QualType MergedT; 3069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3070 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3071 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3072 return; 3073 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3074 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3075 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3076 } 3077 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3078 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3079 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3080 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3081 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3082 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3083 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3084 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3085 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3086 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3087 NewArray->getElementType())) 3088 MergedT = New->getType(); 3089 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3090 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3091 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3092 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3093 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3094 NewArray->getElementType())) 3095 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3096 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3097 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3098 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3099 Old->getType()); 3100 } 3101 } else { 3102 // C 6.2.7p2: 3103 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3104 // compatible type. 3105 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3106 } 3107 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3108 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3109 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3110 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3111 // equivalent. 3112 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3113 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3114 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3115 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3116 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3117 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3118 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3119 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3120 return; 3121 } 3122 3123 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3124 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3125 // 3126 // extern int arr[]; 3127 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3128 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3129 // 3130 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3131 // to diagnose it. 3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3133 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3134 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3135 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3136 } 3137 3138 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3139 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3140 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3141 New->setType(MergedT); 3142 } 3143 3144 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3145 LookupResult &Previous) { 3146 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3147 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3148 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3149 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3150 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3151 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3152 // 3153 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3154 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3155 return false; 3156 3157 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3158 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3159 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3160 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3161 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3162 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3163 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3164 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3165 } else { 3166 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3167 // type unless we're in the same function. 3168 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3169 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3170 } 3171 } 3172 3173 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3174 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3175 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3176 /// 3177 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3178 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3179 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3180 /// 3181 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3182 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3183 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3184 return; 3185 3186 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3187 3188 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3189 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3190 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3191 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3192 if (NewTemplate) { 3193 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3194 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3195 } else 3196 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3197 } 3198 if (!Old) { 3199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3200 << New->getDeclName(); 3201 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3202 diag::note_previous_definition); 3203 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3204 } 3205 3206 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3207 return; 3208 3209 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3210 if (NewTemplate && 3211 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3212 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3213 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3214 return; 3215 3216 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3217 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3218 // 3219 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3220 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3221 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3222 << New->getIdentifier(); 3223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3224 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3225 } 3226 3227 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3228 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3229 // declaration 3230 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3231 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3232 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3233 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3234 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3235 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3236 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3237 } 3238 3239 // Merge the types. 3240 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3241 3242 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3243 return; 3244 3245 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3246 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3247 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3248 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3249 3250 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3251 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3252 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3253 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3254 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3256 << New->getDeclName(); 3257 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3258 } else { 3259 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3260 << New->getDeclName(); 3261 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3262 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3263 } 3264 } 3265 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3266 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3267 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3268 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3269 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3270 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3271 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3272 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3273 // identifier has external linkage. 3274 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3275 /* Okay */; 3276 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3277 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3278 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3279 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3280 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3281 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3282 } 3283 3284 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3285 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3286 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3289 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3290 } 3291 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3292 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 } 3297 3298 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3299 3300 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3301 // need to check for mismatches. 3302 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3303 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3304 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3305 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3307 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3308 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3309 } 3310 3311 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3312 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3313 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3314 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3315 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3317 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3318 } else { 3319 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3320 // static and dynamic initialization. 3321 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3322 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3324 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3325 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3326 } 3327 } 3328 3329 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3330 const VarDecl *Def; 3331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3332 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3333 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3335 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3336 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3337 return; 3338 } 3339 3340 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3342 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3343 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3344 return; 3345 } 3346 3347 // Merge "used" flag. 3348 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3349 New->setIsUsed(); 3350 3351 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3352 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3353 if (NewTemplate) 3354 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3355 3356 // Inherit access appropriately. 3357 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3358 if (NewTemplate) 3359 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3360 } 3361 3362 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3363 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3364 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3365 DeclSpec &DS) { 3366 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3367 } 3368 3369 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3370 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3371 return; 3372 3373 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3374 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3375 // it is anonymous. 3376 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3377 return; 3378 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3379 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3380 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3381 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3382 return; 3383 } 3384 3385 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3386 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3387 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3388 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3389 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3390 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3391 Tag, 3392 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3393 } 3394 } 3395 3396 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3397 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3398 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3399 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3400 DeclSpec &DS, 3401 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3402 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3403 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3404 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3405 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3406 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3407 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3408 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3409 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3410 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3411 3412 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3413 return nullptr; 3414 3415 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3416 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3417 // it's a Type. 3418 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3419 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3420 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3421 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3422 } 3423 3424 if (Tag) { 3425 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3426 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3427 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3428 return Tag; 3429 } 3430 3431 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3432 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3433 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3434 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3435 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3437 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3438 } 3439 3440 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3441 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3442 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3443 if (Tag) 3444 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3445 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3446 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3447 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3448 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3449 else 3450 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3451 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3452 return TagD; 3453 } 3454 3455 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3456 3457 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3458 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3459 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3460 if (TagD && !Tag) 3461 return nullptr; 3462 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3463 } 3464 3465 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3466 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3467 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3468 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3469 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3470 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3471 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3472 // or an explicit specialization. 3473 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3474 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3475 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3476 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3477 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3478 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3479 << SS.getRange(); 3480 return nullptr; 3481 } 3482 3483 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3484 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3485 3486 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3487 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3488 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3489 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3491 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3492 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3493 3494 DeclaresAnything = false; 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3499 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3500 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3501 // 3502 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3503 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3504 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3505 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3506 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3507 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3508 // struct STRUCT; 3509 // union UNION; 3510 // and 3511 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3512 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3513 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3514 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3515 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3516 if (Tag) 3517 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3518 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3519 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3520 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3521 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3522 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3523 3524 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3525 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3526 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3527 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3528 } 3529 3530 DeclaresAnything = false; 3531 } 3532 } 3533 3534 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3535 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3536 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3537 return TagD; 3538 3539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3540 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3541 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3542 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3543 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3544 DeclaresAnything = false; 3545 3546 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3547 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3548 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3549 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3550 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3551 else 3552 DeclaresAnything = false; 3553 } 3554 3555 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3556 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3557 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3558 << Tag->getTagKind() 3559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3560 3561 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3562 3563 // C 6.7/2: 3564 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3565 // or the members of an enumeration. 3566 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3567 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3568 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3569 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3570 // previous declaration. 3571 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3572 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3573 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3574 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3575 return TagD; 3576 } 3577 3578 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3579 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3580 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3581 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3582 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3583 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3584 // 3585 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3586 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3588 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3589 3590 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3591 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3592 // useless. 3593 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3594 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3595 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3596 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3597 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3598 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3599 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3600 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3601 } 3602 3603 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3604 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3605 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3606 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3607 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3608 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3609 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3610 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3611 // Restrict is covered above. 3612 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3613 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3614 } 3615 3616 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3617 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3618 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3619 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3620 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3621 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3622 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3623 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3624 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3625 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3626 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3627 while (attrs) { 3628 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3629 << attrs->getName() 3630 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3631 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3632 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3633 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3634 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3635 } 3636 } 3637 } 3638 3639 return TagD; 3640 } 3641 3642 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3643 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3644 /// 3645 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3646 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3647 Scope *S, 3648 DeclContext *Owner, 3649 DeclarationName Name, 3650 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3651 unsigned diagnostic) { 3652 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3653 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3654 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3655 3656 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3657 return false; 3658 3659 // Pick a representative declaration. 3660 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3661 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3662 3663 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3664 return false; 3665 3666 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3667 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3668 3669 return true; 3670 } 3671 3672 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3673 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3674 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3675 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3676 /// struct, e.g., 3677 /// 3678 /// @code 3679 /// union { 3680 /// int i; 3681 /// float f; 3682 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3683 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3684 /// @endcode 3685 /// 3686 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3687 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3688 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3689 DeclContext *Owner, 3690 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3691 AccessSpecifier AS, 3692 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3693 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3694 unsigned diagKind 3695 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3696 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3697 3698 bool Invalid = false; 3699 3700 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3701 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3702 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3703 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3704 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3705 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3706 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3707 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3708 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3709 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3710 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3711 Invalid = true; 3712 } else { 3713 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3714 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3715 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3716 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3717 // anonymous union is declared. 3718 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3719 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3720 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3721 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3722 else 3723 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3724 3725 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3726 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3727 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3728 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3729 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3730 3731 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3732 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3733 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3734 3735 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3736 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3737 3738 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3739 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3740 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3741 3742 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3743 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3744 3745 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3746 } 3747 } 3748 } 3749 3750 return Invalid; 3751 } 3752 3753 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3754 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3755 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3756 static StorageClass 3757 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3758 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3759 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3760 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3761 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3762 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3763 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3764 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3765 return SC_None; 3766 return SC_Extern; 3767 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3768 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3769 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3770 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3771 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3772 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3773 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3774 } 3775 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3776 } 3777 3778 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3779 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3780 3781 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3782 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3783 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3784 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3785 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3786 return FD->getLocation(); 3787 } 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3790 } 3791 3792 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3793 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3794 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3795 return; 3796 3797 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3798 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3799 } 3800 3801 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3802 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3803 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3804 return; 3805 3806 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3807 } 3808 3809 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3810 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3811 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3812 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3813 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3814 AccessSpecifier AS, 3815 RecordDecl *Record, 3816 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3817 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3818 3819 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3820 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3821 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3822 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3823 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3824 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3825 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3826 3827 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3828 // structs/unions. 3829 bool Invalid = false; 3830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3831 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3832 unsigned DiagID; 3833 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3834 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3835 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3836 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3837 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3838 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3839 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3840 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3841 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3842 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3843 3844 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3845 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3846 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3847 } 3848 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3849 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3850 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3851 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3852 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3853 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3854 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3856 3857 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3858 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3859 SourceLocation(), 3860 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3861 } 3862 } 3863 3864 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3865 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3866 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3867 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3868 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3870 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3871 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3872 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3873 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3875 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3876 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3877 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3878 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3880 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3881 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3882 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3883 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3885 3886 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3887 } 3888 3889 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3890 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3891 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3892 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3893 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3894 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3895 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3896 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3897 // members (clause 11). 3898 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3899 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3900 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3901 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3902 Invalid = true; 3903 } 3904 3905 // C++ [class.union]p1 3906 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3907 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3908 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3909 // array of such objects. 3910 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3911 Invalid = true; 3912 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3913 // Any implicit members are fine. 3914 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3915 // This is a type that showed up in an 3916 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3917 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3918 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3919 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3920 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3921 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3922 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3923 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3924 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3925 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3926 else { 3927 // This is a nested type declaration. 3928 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3929 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3930 Invalid = true; 3931 } 3932 } else { 3933 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3934 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3935 // not part of standard C++. 3936 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3937 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3938 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3939 } 3940 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3941 // Any access specifier is fine. 3942 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3943 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3944 } else { 3945 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3946 // member. Complain about it. 3947 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3948 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3949 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3950 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3951 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3952 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3953 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3954 3955 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3956 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3957 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3958 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3959 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3960 else { 3961 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3962 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3963 Invalid = true; 3964 } 3965 } 3966 } 3967 3968 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3969 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3970 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3971 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3972 Owner->isRecord()) 3973 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3974 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3975 } 3976 3977 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3978 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3979 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3980 Invalid = true; 3981 } 3982 3983 // Mock up a declarator. 3984 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3986 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3987 3988 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3989 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3990 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3991 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3992 DS.getLocStart(), 3993 Record->getLocation(), 3994 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3995 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3996 TInfo, 3997 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3998 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3999 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4001 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4002 } else { 4003 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4004 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4005 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4006 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4007 // an error here 4008 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4009 Invalid = true; 4010 SC = SC_None; 4011 } 4012 4013 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4014 DS.getLocStart(), 4015 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4016 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4017 TInfo, SC); 4018 4019 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4020 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4021 // initializer: 4022 // union { int n = 0; }; 4023 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4024 } 4025 Anon->setImplicit(); 4026 4027 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4028 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4029 4030 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4031 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4032 // its members. 4033 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4034 4035 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4036 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4037 // purposes. 4038 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4039 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4040 4041 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4042 Chain, false)) 4043 Invalid = true; 4044 4045 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4047 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4048 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4049 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4050 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4051 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4052 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4053 } 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 if (Invalid) 4058 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4059 4060 return Anon; 4061 } 4062 4063 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4064 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4065 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4066 /// Example: 4067 /// 4068 /// struct A { int a; }; 4069 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4070 /// 4071 /// void foo() { 4072 /// B var; 4073 /// var.a = 3; 4074 /// } 4075 /// 4076 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4077 RecordDecl *Record) { 4078 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4079 4080 // Mock up a declarator. 4081 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4082 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4083 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4084 4085 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4086 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4087 4088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4089 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4090 ParentDecl, 4091 DS.getLocStart(), 4092 DS.getLocStart(), 4093 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4094 RecTy, 4095 TInfo, 4096 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4097 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4098 Anon->setImplicit(); 4099 4100 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4101 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4102 4103 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4104 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4105 // purposes. 4106 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4107 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4108 4109 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4110 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4111 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4112 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4113 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4114 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4115 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4116 } 4117 4118 return Anon; 4119 } 4120 4121 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4122 /// given Declarator. 4123 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4124 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4125 } 4126 4127 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4128 DeclarationNameInfo 4129 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4130 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4131 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4132 4133 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4134 4135 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4136 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4137 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4138 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4139 return NameInfo; 4140 4141 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4142 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4143 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4144 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4145 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4146 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4147 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4148 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4149 return NameInfo; 4150 4151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4152 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4153 Name.Identifier)); 4154 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4155 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4156 return NameInfo; 4157 4158 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4160 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4161 if (Ty.isNull()) 4162 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4163 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4164 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4165 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4166 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4167 return NameInfo; 4168 } 4169 4170 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4171 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4172 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4173 if (Ty.isNull()) 4174 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4175 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4176 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4177 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4178 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4179 return NameInfo; 4180 } 4181 4182 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4183 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4184 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4185 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4186 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4187 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4188 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4189 4190 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4191 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4192 4193 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4194 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4195 // was qualified. 4196 4197 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4198 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4199 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4200 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4201 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4202 return NameInfo; 4203 } 4204 4205 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4207 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4208 if (Ty.isNull()) 4209 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4210 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4211 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4212 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4213 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4214 return NameInfo; 4215 } 4216 4217 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4218 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4219 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4220 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4221 } 4222 4223 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4224 4225 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4226 } 4227 4228 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4229 do { 4230 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4231 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4232 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4233 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4234 else 4235 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4236 } while (true); 4237 } 4238 4239 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4240 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4241 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4242 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4243 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4244 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4245 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4246 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4247 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4248 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4249 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4250 Params.clear(); 4251 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4252 return false; 4253 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4254 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4255 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4256 4257 // The parameter types are identical 4258 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4259 continue; 4260 4261 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4262 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4263 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4264 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4265 4266 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4267 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4268 Params.push_back(Idx); 4269 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4270 return false; 4271 } 4272 4273 return true; 4274 } 4275 4276 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4277 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4278 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4279 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4280 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4281 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4282 DeclarationName Name) { 4283 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4284 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4285 // - types which will become injected class names 4286 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4287 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4288 // few cases here. 4289 4290 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4291 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4292 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4293 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4294 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4295 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4296 // Grab the type from the parser. 4297 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4298 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4299 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4300 4301 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4302 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4303 // attached already. 4304 if (!TSI) 4305 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4306 4307 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4308 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4309 if (!TSI) return true; 4310 4311 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4312 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4313 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4314 break; 4315 } 4316 4317 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4318 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4319 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4320 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4321 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4322 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4323 break; 4324 } 4325 4326 default: 4327 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4328 break; 4329 } 4330 4331 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4332 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4333 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4334 4335 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4336 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4337 // pointer. 4338 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4339 continue; 4340 4341 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4342 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4343 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4344 return true; 4345 } 4346 4347 return false; 4348 } 4349 4350 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4351 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4352 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4353 4354 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4355 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4356 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4357 4358 return Dcl; 4359 } 4360 4361 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4362 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4363 /// name different from T: 4364 /// - every static data member of class T; 4365 /// - every member function of class T 4366 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4367 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4368 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4369 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4370 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4371 4372 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4373 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4374 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4375 return true; 4376 } 4377 4378 return false; 4379 } 4380 4381 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4382 /// nested-name-specifier. 4383 /// 4384 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4385 /// 4386 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4387 /// resolves. 4388 /// 4389 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4390 /// 4391 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4392 /// 4393 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4394 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4395 DeclarationName Name, 4396 SourceLocation Loc) { 4397 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4398 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4399 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4400 4401 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4402 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4403 // 4404 // class X { 4405 // void X::f(); 4406 // }; 4407 // 4408 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4409 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4410 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4411 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4412 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4413 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4414 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4415 SS.clear(); 4416 } else { 4417 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4418 } 4419 return false; 4420 } 4421 4422 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4423 // declaration. 4424 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4425 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4426 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4427 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4430 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4431 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4433 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4434 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4435 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4436 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4437 else 4438 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4439 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4440 4441 return true; 4442 } 4443 4444 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4445 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4446 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4447 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4448 SS.clear(); 4449 4450 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4451 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4452 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4453 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4454 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4455 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4456 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4457 return true; 4458 4459 return false; 4460 } 4461 4462 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4463 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4464 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4465 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4466 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4467 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4468 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4469 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4470 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4471 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4472 4473 return false; 4474 } 4475 4476 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4477 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4478 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4479 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4480 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4481 4482 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4483 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4484 if (!Name) { 4485 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4486 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4487 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4488 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4489 return nullptr; 4490 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4491 return nullptr; 4492 4493 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4494 // we find one that is. 4495 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4496 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4497 S = S->getParent(); 4498 4499 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4500 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4501 D.setInvalidType(); 4502 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4503 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4504 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4505 return nullptr; 4506 4507 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4508 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4509 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4510 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4511 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4512 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4513 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4515 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4516 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4517 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4518 return nullptr; 4519 } 4520 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4521 4522 if (!IsDependentContext && 4523 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4524 return nullptr; 4525 4526 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4527 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4528 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4529 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4530 D.setInvalidType(); 4531 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4532 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4533 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4534 if (DC->isRecord()) 4535 return nullptr; 4536 4537 D.setInvalidType(); 4538 } 4539 } 4540 4541 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4542 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4543 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4544 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4545 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4546 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4547 D.setInvalidType(); 4548 } 4549 } 4550 4551 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4552 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4553 // Just return early; it's safer. 4554 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4555 return nullptr; 4556 4557 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4558 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4559 4560 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4561 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4562 D.setInvalidType(); 4563 4564 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4565 ForRedeclaration); 4566 4567 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4568 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4569 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4570 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4571 4572 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4573 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4574 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4575 // 4576 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4577 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4578 // the same name. 4579 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4580 /* Do nothing*/; 4581 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4582 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4583 R->isFunctionType())) { 4584 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4585 CreateBuiltins = 4586 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4587 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4588 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4589 CreateBuiltins = true; 4590 4591 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4592 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4593 4594 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4595 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4596 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4597 4598 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4599 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4600 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4601 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4602 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4603 // thereof; [...] 4604 // 4605 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4606 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4607 // we want to match. For example, given: 4608 // 4609 // class X { 4610 // void f(); 4611 // void f(float); 4612 // }; 4613 // 4614 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4615 // 4616 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4617 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4618 // matches. 4619 4620 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4621 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4622 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4623 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4624 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4625 } 4626 4627 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4628 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4629 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4630 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4631 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4632 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4633 4634 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4635 Previous.clear(); 4636 } 4637 4638 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4639 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4640 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4641 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4642 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4643 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4644 Previous.clear(); 4645 4646 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4647 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4649 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4650 4651 NamedDecl *New; 4652 4653 bool AddToScope = true; 4654 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4655 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4657 return nullptr; 4658 } 4659 4660 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4661 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4662 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4663 TemplateParamLists, 4664 AddToScope); 4665 } else { 4666 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4667 AddToScope); 4668 } 4669 4670 if (!New) 4671 return nullptr; 4672 4673 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4674 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4675 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4676 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4677 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4678 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4679 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4680 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4681 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4682 if (!AddToContext) 4683 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4684 } 4685 4686 return New; 4687 } 4688 4689 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4690 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4691 /// GCC compatibility). 4692 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4693 ASTContext &Context, 4694 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4695 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4696 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4697 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4698 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4699 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4700 SizeIsNegative = false; 4701 Oversized = 0; 4702 4703 if (T->isDependentType()) 4704 return QualType(); 4705 4706 QualifierCollector Qs; 4707 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4708 4709 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4710 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4711 QualType FixedType = 4712 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4713 Oversized); 4714 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4715 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4716 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4717 } 4718 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4719 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4720 QualType FixedType = 4721 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4722 Oversized); 4723 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4724 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4725 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4726 } 4727 4728 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4729 if (!VLATy) 4730 return QualType(); 4731 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4732 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4733 return QualType(); 4734 4735 llvm::APSInt Res; 4736 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4737 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4738 return QualType(); 4739 4740 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4741 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4742 SizeIsNegative = true; 4743 return QualType(); 4744 } 4745 4746 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4747 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4748 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4749 Res); 4750 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4751 Oversized = Res; 4752 return QualType(); 4753 } 4754 4755 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4756 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4757 } 4758 4759 static void 4760 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4761 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4762 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4763 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4764 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4765 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4766 return; 4767 } 4768 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4769 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4770 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4771 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4772 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4773 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4774 return; 4775 } 4776 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4777 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4778 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4779 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4780 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4781 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4782 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4783 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4784 } 4785 4786 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4787 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4788 /// GCC compatibility). 4789 static TypeSourceInfo* 4790 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4791 ASTContext &Context, 4792 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4793 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4794 QualType FixedTy 4795 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4796 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4797 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4798 return nullptr; 4799 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4800 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4801 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4802 return FixedTInfo; 4803 } 4804 4805 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4806 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4807 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4808 /// function-scope declarations. 4809 void 4810 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4811 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4812 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4813 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4814 return; 4815 4816 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4817 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4818 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4819 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4820 } 4821 4822 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4823 if (ExternalSource) { 4824 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4825 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4826 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4827 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4828 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4829 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4830 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4831 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4832 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4833 } 4834 } 4835 4836 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4837 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4838 } 4839 4840 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4841 /// does not identify a function. 4842 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4843 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4844 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4845 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4846 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4847 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4848 4849 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4850 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4851 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4852 4853 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4854 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4855 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4856 4857 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4858 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4859 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4860 } 4861 4862 NamedDecl* 4863 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4864 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4865 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4866 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4868 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4869 D.setInvalidType(); 4870 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4871 DC = CurContext; 4872 Previous.clear(); 4873 } 4874 4875 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4876 4877 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4878 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4879 << 1; 4880 4881 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4882 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4883 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4884 return nullptr; 4885 } 4886 4887 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4888 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4889 4890 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4891 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4892 4893 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4894 4895 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4896 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4897 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4898 return ND; 4899 } 4900 4901 void 4902 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4903 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4904 // then it shall have block scope. 4905 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4906 // that redeclarations will match. 4907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4908 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4909 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4910 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4911 4912 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4913 bool SizeIsNegative; 4914 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4915 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4916 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4917 SizeIsNegative, 4918 Oversized); 4919 if (FixedTInfo) { 4920 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4921 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4922 } else { 4923 if (SizeIsNegative) 4924 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4925 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4926 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4927 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4928 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4929 << Oversized.toString(10); 4930 else 4931 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4932 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 4939 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4940 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4941 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4942 NamedDecl* 4943 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4944 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4945 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4946 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4947 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4948 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4949 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4950 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4951 Redeclaration = true; 4952 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4953 } 4954 4955 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4956 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4957 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4958 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4959 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4960 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4961 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4962 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4963 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4964 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4965 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4966 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4967 } 4968 4969 return NewTD; 4970 } 4971 4972 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4973 /// previous declaration. 4974 /// 4975 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4976 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4977 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4978 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4979 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4980 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4981 /// 4982 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4983 /// lookup 4984 /// 4985 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4986 /// declared. 4987 /// 4988 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4989 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4990 static bool 4991 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4992 ASTContext &Context) { 4993 if (!PrevDecl) 4994 return false; 4995 4996 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4997 return false; 4998 4999 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5000 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5001 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5002 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5003 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5004 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5005 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5006 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5007 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5008 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5009 return false; 5010 5011 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5012 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5013 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5014 return false; 5015 5016 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5017 // previous declarations. 5018 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5019 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5020 5021 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5022 // isn't the same function. 5023 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5024 return false; 5025 } 5026 5027 return true; 5028 } 5029 5030 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5031 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5032 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5033 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5034 } 5035 5036 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5037 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5038 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5039 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5040 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5041 unsigned kind = -1U; 5042 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5043 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5044 kind = 0; // __block 5045 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5046 kind = 1; // global 5047 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5048 kind = 3; // ivar 5049 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5050 kind = 2; // field 5051 } 5052 5053 if (kind != -1U) { 5054 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5055 << kind; 5056 } 5057 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5058 // Try to infer lifetime. 5059 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5060 return false; 5061 5062 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5063 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5064 decl->setType(type); 5065 } 5066 5067 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5068 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5069 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5070 var->getTLSKind()) { 5071 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5072 << var->getType(); 5073 return true; 5074 } 5075 } 5076 5077 return false; 5078 } 5079 5080 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5081 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5082 // the wrong linkage. 5083 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5084 5085 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5086 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5087 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5088 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5089 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5093 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5094 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5095 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5096 } 5097 } 5098 5099 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5100 // It does not apply to functions. 5101 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5102 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5103 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5104 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5109 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5110 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5111 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5112 << &ND << Attr; 5113 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 } 5117 5118 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5119 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5120 bool IsSpecialization) { 5121 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5122 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5123 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5124 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5125 5126 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5127 return; 5128 5129 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5130 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5131 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5132 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5133 5134 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5135 // inherited attribute instances. 5136 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5137 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5138 5139 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5140 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5141 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5142 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5143 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5144 5145 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5146 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5147 // free functions and global variables. 5148 bool JustWarn = false; 5149 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5150 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5151 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5152 JustWarn = true; 5153 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5154 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5155 JustWarn = true; 5156 } 5157 5158 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5159 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5160 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5161 << NewDecl 5162 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5163 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5164 if (!JustWarn) { 5165 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 } 5169 5170 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5171 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5172 // and qualified friend declarations. 5173 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5174 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5175 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5176 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5177 // separately. 5178 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5179 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5180 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5181 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5182 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5183 } 5184 5185 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5186 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5187 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5188 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5189 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5190 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5191 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5192 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5193 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5194 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5195 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5196 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5197 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5198 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5199 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5200 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5201 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5202 } 5203 } 5204 5205 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5206 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5207 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5208 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5209 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5210 5211 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5212 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5213 5214 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5215 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5216 return false; 5217 5218 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5219 5220 #ifndef NDEBUG 5221 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5222 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5223 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5224 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5225 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5226 #endif 5227 5228 bool isC99Inline = 5229 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5230 5231 #ifndef NDEBUG 5232 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5233 #endif 5234 5235 return isC99Inline; 5236 } 5237 5238 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5239 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5240 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5241 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5242 /// 5243 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5244 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5245 /// 5246 /// For instance: 5247 /// 5248 /// auto x = []{}; 5249 /// 5250 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5251 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5252 /// 5253 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5254 template<typename T> 5255 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5256 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5257 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5258 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5259 return false; 5260 } 5261 return D->isExternC(); 5262 } 5263 5264 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5265 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5266 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5267 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5268 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5269 return true; 5270 if (DC->isRecord()) 5271 return false; 5272 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5273 } 5274 5275 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5276 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5277 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5278 return true; 5279 if (DC->isRecord()) 5280 return false; 5281 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5282 } 5283 5284 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5285 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5286 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5287 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5288 return true; 5289 return false; 5290 } 5291 5292 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5293 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5294 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5295 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5296 return true; 5297 5298 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5299 // position to the decl itself. 5300 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5301 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5302 return true; 5303 } 5304 5305 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5306 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5307 } 5308 5309 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5310 /// function-local external declaration. 5311 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5312 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5313 return false; 5314 5315 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5316 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5317 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5318 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5319 return true; 5320 5321 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5322 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5323 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5324 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5325 // 5326 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5327 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5328 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5329 DC = DC->getParent(); 5330 return true; 5331 } 5332 5333 NamedDecl * 5334 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5336 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5337 bool &AddToScope) { 5338 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5339 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5340 5341 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5342 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5343 5344 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5345 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5346 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5347 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5348 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5349 SC = SC_Extern; 5350 5351 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5352 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5353 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5354 5355 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5356 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5357 QualType NR = R; 5358 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5359 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5361 D.setInvalidType(); 5362 break; 5363 } 5364 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5365 } 5366 5367 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5368 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5369 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5370 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5371 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5372 D.setInvalidType(); 5373 } 5374 } 5375 } 5376 5377 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5378 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5379 // an error here 5380 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5381 D.setInvalidType(); 5382 SC = SC_None; 5383 } 5384 5385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5386 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5387 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5388 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5389 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5390 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5392 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5394 } 5395 5396 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5397 if (!II) { 5398 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5399 << Name; 5400 return nullptr; 5401 } 5402 5403 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5404 5405 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5406 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5407 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5408 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5409 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5410 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5411 D.setInvalidType(); 5412 } 5413 } 5414 5415 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5416 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5417 // OpenCL __local address space. 5418 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5419 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5420 } 5421 5422 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5423 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5424 // space qualifiers. 5425 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5426 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5428 } 5429 5430 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5431 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5432 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5433 // address space qualifiers. 5434 if (R->isEventT()) { 5435 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5436 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5437 D.setInvalidType(); 5438 } 5439 5440 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5441 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5442 D.setInvalidType(); 5443 } 5444 } 5445 } 5446 5447 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5448 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5449 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5450 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5451 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5452 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5453 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5454 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5455 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5456 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5457 R, TInfo, SC); 5458 5459 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5460 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5461 } else { 5462 bool Invalid = false; 5463 5464 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5465 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5466 switch (SC) { 5467 case SC_None: 5468 break; 5469 case SC_Static: 5470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5471 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5473 break; 5474 case SC_Auto: 5475 case SC_Register: 5476 case SC_Extern: 5477 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5478 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5479 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5480 // of class members 5481 5482 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5483 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5485 break; 5486 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5487 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5488 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5489 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5494 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5495 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5497 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5498 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5499 5500 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5501 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5502 if (RD->isUnion()) 5503 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5504 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5505 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5506 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5507 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5508 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5509 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5510 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5511 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5512 } 5513 } 5514 5515 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5516 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5517 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5518 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5519 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5520 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5521 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5522 : nullptr, 5523 TemplateParamLists, 5524 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5525 5526 if (TemplateParams) { 5527 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5528 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5529 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5530 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5531 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5532 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5533 << II 5534 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5535 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5536 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5537 } else { 5538 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5539 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5540 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5541 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5542 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5543 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5544 // This is a template declaration. 5545 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5546 5547 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5548 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5549 return nullptr; 5550 5551 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5552 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5553 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5554 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5555 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5556 } 5557 } 5558 } else { 5559 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5560 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5561 } 5562 5563 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5564 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5565 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5566 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5567 : SourceLocation(); 5568 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5569 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5570 IsPartialSpecialization); 5571 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5572 return nullptr; 5573 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5574 AddToScope = false; 5575 } else 5576 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5578 5579 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5580 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5581 NewTemplate = 5582 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5583 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5584 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5585 } 5586 5587 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5588 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5589 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5590 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5591 5592 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5594 if (NewTemplate) 5595 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5596 } 5597 5598 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5599 5600 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5601 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5602 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5603 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5604 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5605 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5606 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5607 5608 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5609 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5610 } 5611 5612 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5613 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5614 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5615 if (NewTemplate) 5616 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5617 5618 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5619 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5620 5621 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5622 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5623 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5624 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5625 // explicitly. 5626 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5627 // 'extern'. 5628 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5629 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5630 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5631 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5633 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5634 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5635 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5636 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5637 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5638 else 5639 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5640 } 5641 5642 // C99 6.7.4p3 5643 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5644 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5645 // thread storage duration... 5646 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5647 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5648 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5649 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5650 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5651 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5652 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5653 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5654 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5656 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5657 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5658 } 5659 } 5660 5661 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5662 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5664 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5665 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5666 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5667 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5668 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5669 << 2 5670 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5671 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5673 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5674 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5676 else { 5677 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5678 if (NewTemplate) 5679 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5684 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5685 5686 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5687 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5688 // storage [duration]." 5689 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5690 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5691 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5692 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5693 } 5694 } 5695 5696 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5697 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5698 // check the VarDecl itself. 5699 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5700 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5701 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5702 5703 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5704 // retainable type. 5705 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5706 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5707 5708 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5709 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5710 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5711 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5712 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5713 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5714 switch (SC) { 5715 case SC_None: 5716 case SC_Auto: 5717 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5718 break; 5719 case SC_Register: 5720 // Local Named register 5721 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5722 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5723 break; 5724 case SC_Static: 5725 case SC_Extern: 5726 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5727 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5728 break; 5729 } 5730 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5731 // Global Named register 5732 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5733 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5734 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5735 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5736 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5741 Context, Label, 0)); 5742 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5743 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5744 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5745 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5746 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5747 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5748 } 5749 } 5750 5751 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5752 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5753 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5754 5755 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5756 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5757 // declaration has linkage). 5758 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5759 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5760 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5761 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5762 5763 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5764 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5766 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5767 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5768 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5769 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5770 5771 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5772 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5773 } else { 5774 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5775 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5776 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5777 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5778 5779 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5780 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5781 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5782 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5783 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5784 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5785 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5786 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5787 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5788 Previous.clear(); 5789 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5790 } 5791 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5792 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5793 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5794 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5795 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5796 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5797 } 5798 5799 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5800 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5801 5802 if (NewTemplate) { 5803 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5804 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5805 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5806 : nullptr; 5807 5808 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5809 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5810 // template declaration. 5811 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5812 TemplateParams, 5813 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5814 : nullptr, 5815 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5816 DC->isDependentContext()) 5817 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5818 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 5821 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5822 // template, make a note of that. 5823 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5824 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5825 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5830 5831 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5832 // the map of such variables. 5833 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5834 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5835 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5836 5837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5838 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5839 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5840 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5841 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5842 Context.setManglingNumber( 5843 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5844 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5845 } 5846 } 5847 5848 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5849 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5850 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5851 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5852 } 5853 5854 if (NewTemplate) { 5855 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5856 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5857 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5858 return NewTemplate; 5859 } 5860 5861 return NewVD; 5862 } 5863 5864 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5865 /// -Wshadow. 5866 /// 5867 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5868 /// scope. 5869 /// 5870 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5871 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5872 /// 5873 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5874 // Return if warning is ignored. 5875 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5876 return; 5877 5878 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5879 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5880 return; 5881 5882 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5883 5884 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5885 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5886 return; 5887 5888 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5889 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5890 return; 5891 5892 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5893 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5894 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5895 if (MD->isStatic()) 5896 return; 5897 5898 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5899 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5900 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5901 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5902 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5903 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5904 ShadowedDecl = I; 5905 break; 5906 } 5907 } 5908 5909 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5910 5911 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5912 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5913 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5914 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5915 return; 5916 5917 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5918 // static data members from base classes? 5919 5920 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5921 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5922 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5923 } 5924 5925 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5926 unsigned Kind; 5927 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5928 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5929 Kind = 3; // field 5930 else 5931 Kind = 2; // static data member 5932 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5933 Kind = 1; // global 5934 else 5935 Kind = 0; // local 5936 5937 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5938 5939 // Emit warning and note. 5940 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5941 return; 5942 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5943 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5944 } 5945 5946 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5947 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5948 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5949 return; 5950 5951 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5952 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5953 LookupName(R, S); 5954 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5955 } 5956 5957 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5958 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5959 template<typename T> 5960 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5961 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5962 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5963 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5964 5965 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5966 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5967 // declaration. 5968 return false; 5969 } 5970 5971 if (Prev) { 5972 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5973 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5974 // redeclaration. 5975 Previous.clear(); 5976 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5977 return true; 5978 } 5979 5980 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5981 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5982 // declaration. 5983 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5984 return false; 5985 } else { 5986 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5987 // translation unit which might conflict. 5988 if (IsGlobal) { 5989 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5990 IsGlobal = false; 5991 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5992 I != E; ++I) { 5993 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5994 Prev = *I; 5995 break; 5996 } 5997 } 5998 } else { 5999 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6000 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6001 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6002 I != E; ++I) { 6003 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6004 Prev = *I; 6005 break; 6006 } 6007 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6008 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6009 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6010 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6011 // diagnostic. 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 if (!Prev) 6016 return false; 6017 } 6018 6019 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6020 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6021 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6022 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6023 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6024 else 6025 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6026 6027 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6028 << IsGlobal << ND; 6029 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6030 << IsGlobal; 6031 return false; 6032 } 6033 6034 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6035 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6036 /// 6037 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6038 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6039 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6040 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6041 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6042 template<typename T> 6043 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6044 LookupResult &Previous) { 6045 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6046 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6047 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6048 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6049 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6050 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6051 Previous.clear(); 6052 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6053 return true; 6054 } 6055 } 6056 return false; 6057 } 6058 6059 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6060 // declaration. 6061 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6062 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6063 6064 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6065 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6066 // in another scope. 6067 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6068 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6069 6070 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6071 return false; 6072 } 6073 6074 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6075 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6076 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6077 return; 6078 6079 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6080 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6081 6082 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6083 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6084 return; 6085 6086 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6087 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6088 6089 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6091 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6092 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6093 NewVD->setType(T); 6094 } 6095 6096 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6097 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6098 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6099 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6100 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6102 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 return; 6104 } 6105 6106 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6107 // __constant address space. 6108 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6109 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6110 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6111 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6112 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6113 return; 6114 } 6115 6116 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6117 // scope. 6118 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6119 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6120 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6121 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6122 return; 6123 } 6124 6125 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6126 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6127 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6129 else { 6130 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6131 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6132 } 6133 } 6134 6135 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6136 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6137 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6138 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6139 6140 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6141 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6142 bool SizeIsNegative; 6143 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6144 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6145 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6146 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6147 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6148 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6149 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6150 // int a[10][n]; 6151 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6152 6153 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6155 << SizeRange; 6156 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6158 << SizeRange; 6159 else 6160 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6161 << SizeRange; 6162 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6163 return; 6164 } 6165 6166 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6167 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6168 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6169 else 6170 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6171 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6172 return; 6173 } 6174 6175 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6176 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6177 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6178 } 6179 6180 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6181 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6182 // of objects and functions. 6183 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6185 << T; 6186 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 return; 6188 } 6189 } 6190 6191 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6194 return; 6195 } 6196 6197 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6199 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6200 return; 6201 } 6202 6203 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6204 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6205 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6207 return; 6208 } 6209 } 6210 6211 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6212 /// declaration. 6213 /// 6214 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6215 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6216 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6217 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6218 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6219 /// 6220 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6221 /// 6222 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6223 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6224 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6225 6226 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6227 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6228 return false; 6229 6230 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6231 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6232 if (Previous.empty() && 6233 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6234 Previous.setShadowed(); 6235 6236 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6237 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6238 6239 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6240 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6241 return true; 6242 } 6243 return false; 6244 } 6245 6246 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6247 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6248 Sema *S; 6249 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6250 }; 6251 6252 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6253 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6254 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6255 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6256 CXXBasePath &Path, 6257 void *UserData) { 6258 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6259 6260 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6261 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6262 6263 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6264 6265 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6266 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6267 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6268 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6269 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6270 6271 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6272 } 6273 6274 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6275 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6276 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6277 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6278 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6279 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6280 return true; 6281 } 6282 } 6283 6284 return false; 6285 } 6286 6287 namespace { 6288 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6289 } 6290 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6291 /// overriden methods. 6292 /// 6293 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6294 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6295 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6296 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6297 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6298 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6299 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6300 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6301 I != E; ++I) { 6302 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6303 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6304 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6305 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6306 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6307 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6308 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6313 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6314 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6315 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6316 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6317 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6318 Data.Method = MD; 6319 Data.S = this; 6320 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6321 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6322 bool AddedAny = false; 6323 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6324 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6325 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6326 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6327 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6328 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6329 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6330 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6331 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6332 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6333 AddedAny = true; 6334 } 6335 } 6336 } 6337 } 6338 6339 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6340 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6341 } 6342 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6343 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6344 } 6345 6346 return AddedAny; 6347 } 6348 6349 namespace { 6350 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6351 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6352 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6353 Scope *S; 6354 Declarator &D; 6355 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6356 bool AddToScope; 6357 }; 6358 } 6359 6360 namespace { 6361 6362 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6363 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6364 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6365 public: 6366 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6367 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6368 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6369 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6370 6371 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6372 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6373 return false; 6374 6375 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6376 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6377 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6378 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6379 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6380 6381 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6382 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6383 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6384 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6385 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6386 return true; 6387 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6388 return true; 6389 } 6390 } 6391 } 6392 6393 return false; 6394 } 6395 6396 private: 6397 ASTContext &Context; 6398 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6399 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6400 }; 6401 6402 } 6403 6404 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6405 /// 6406 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6407 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6408 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6409 /// the same name. 6410 /// 6411 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6412 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6413 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6414 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6415 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6416 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6417 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6418 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6419 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6420 TypoCorrection Correction; 6421 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6422 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6423 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6424 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6425 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6426 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6427 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6428 6429 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6430 if (IsLocalFriend) 6431 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6432 else 6433 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6434 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6435 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6436 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6437 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6438 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6439 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6440 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6441 if (FD && 6442 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6443 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6444 // involve a parameter 6445 unsigned ParamNum = 6446 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6447 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6448 } 6449 } 6450 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6451 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6452 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6453 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6454 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6455 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6456 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6457 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6458 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6459 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6460 Previous.clear(); 6461 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6462 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6463 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6464 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6465 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6466 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6467 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6468 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6472 6473 NamedDecl *Result; 6474 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6475 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6476 { 6477 // Trap errors. 6478 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6479 6480 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6481 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6482 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6483 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6484 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6485 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6486 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6487 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6488 6489 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6490 Result = nullptr; 6491 } 6492 6493 if (Result) { 6494 // Determine which correction we picked. 6495 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6496 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6497 I != E; ++I) 6498 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6499 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6500 6501 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6502 Correction, 6503 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6504 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6505 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6506 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6507 return Result; 6508 } 6509 6510 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6511 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6512 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6513 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6514 Previous.clear(); 6515 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6516 } 6517 6518 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6519 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6520 6521 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6522 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6523 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6524 6525 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6526 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6527 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6528 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6529 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6530 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6531 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6532 6533 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6534 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6535 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6536 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6537 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6538 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6539 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6540 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6541 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6542 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6543 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6544 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6545 } else 6546 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6547 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6548 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6549 } 6550 return nullptr; 6551 } 6552 6553 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6554 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6555 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6556 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6557 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6558 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6559 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6560 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6561 D.setInvalidType(); 6562 break; 6563 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6564 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6565 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6566 return SC_None; 6567 return SC_Extern; 6568 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6569 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6570 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6571 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6572 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6573 // other than extern 6574 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6575 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6576 diag::err_static_block_func); 6577 break; 6578 } else 6579 return SC_Static; 6580 } 6581 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6582 } 6583 6584 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6585 return SC_None; 6586 } 6587 6588 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6589 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6591 StorageClass SC, 6592 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6594 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6595 6596 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6597 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6598 6599 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6600 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6601 // prototype. This true when: 6602 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6603 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6604 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6605 bool HasPrototype = 6606 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6607 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6608 6609 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6610 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6611 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6612 HasPrototype, false); 6613 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6614 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6615 6616 // Set the lexical context. 6617 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6618 6619 return NewFD; 6620 } 6621 6622 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6623 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6624 6625 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6626 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6627 // the class has been completely parsed. 6628 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6629 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6630 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6631 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6632 D.setInvalidType(); 6633 6634 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6635 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6636 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6637 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6638 6639 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6640 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6641 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6642 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6643 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6644 isConstexpr); 6645 6646 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6647 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6648 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6649 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6650 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6651 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6652 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6653 D.getLocStart(), 6654 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6655 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6656 6657 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6658 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6659 // it yet. 6660 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6661 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6662 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6663 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6664 } 6665 6666 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6667 return NewDD; 6668 6669 } else { 6670 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6671 D.setInvalidType(); 6672 6673 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6674 // code path. 6675 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6676 D.getLocStart(), 6677 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6678 SC, isInline, 6679 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6680 } 6681 6682 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6683 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6684 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6685 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6686 return nullptr; 6687 } 6688 6689 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6690 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6691 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6692 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6693 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6694 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6695 6696 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6697 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6698 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6699 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6700 // constructor if it has no return type). 6701 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6702 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6703 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6704 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6705 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6706 return nullptr; 6707 } 6708 6709 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6710 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6711 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6712 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6713 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6714 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6715 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6716 return Ret; 6717 } else { 6718 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6719 // prototype. This true when: 6720 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6721 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6722 D.getLocStart(), 6723 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6724 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6725 } 6726 } 6727 6728 enum OpenCLParamType { 6729 ValidKernelParam, 6730 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6731 PtrKernelParam, 6732 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6733 InvalidKernelParam, 6734 RecordKernelParam 6735 }; 6736 6737 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6738 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6739 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6740 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6741 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6742 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6743 : PtrKernelParam; 6744 } 6745 6746 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6747 // be used as builtin types. 6748 6749 if (PT->isImageType()) 6750 return PtrKernelParam; 6751 6752 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6753 return InvalidKernelParam; 6754 6755 if (PT->isEventT()) 6756 return InvalidKernelParam; 6757 6758 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6759 return InvalidKernelParam; 6760 6761 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6762 return RecordKernelParam; 6763 6764 return ValidKernelParam; 6765 } 6766 6767 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6768 Sema &S, 6769 Declarator &D, 6770 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6771 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6772 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6773 6774 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6775 // used again 6776 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6777 return; 6778 6779 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6780 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6781 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6782 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6783 // pointer to a pointer type. 6784 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6785 D.setInvalidType(); 6786 return; 6787 6788 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6789 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6790 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6791 // pointer to the private address space. 6792 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6793 D.setInvalidType(); 6794 return; 6795 6796 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6797 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6798 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6799 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6800 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6801 6802 case InvalidKernelParam: 6803 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6804 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6805 // of event_t type. 6806 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6807 D.setInvalidType(); 6808 return; 6809 6810 case PtrKernelParam: 6811 case ValidKernelParam: 6812 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6813 return; 6814 6815 case RecordKernelParam: 6816 break; 6817 } 6818 6819 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6820 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6821 6822 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6823 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6824 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6825 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6826 6827 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6828 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6829 6830 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6831 6832 do { 6833 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6834 if (!Next) { 6835 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6836 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6837 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6838 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6839 6840 continue; 6841 } 6842 6843 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6844 // field itself) to the history stack. 6845 const RecordDecl *RD; 6846 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6847 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6848 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6849 } else { 6850 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6851 } 6852 6853 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6854 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6855 6856 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6857 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6858 6859 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6860 continue; 6861 6862 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6863 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6864 continue; 6865 6866 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6867 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6868 continue; 6869 } 6870 6871 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6872 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6873 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6874 // union. 6875 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6876 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6877 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6878 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6879 << PT->isUnionType() 6880 << PT; 6881 } else { 6882 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6883 } 6884 6885 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6886 << PD->getDeclName(); 6887 6888 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6889 // the offending field came from 6890 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6891 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6892 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6893 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6894 << OuterField->getType(); 6895 } 6896 6897 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6898 << QT->isPointerType() 6899 << QT; 6900 D.setInvalidType(); 6901 return; 6902 } 6903 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6904 } 6905 6906 NamedDecl* 6907 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6908 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6909 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6910 bool &AddToScope) { 6911 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6912 6913 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6914 6915 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6916 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6917 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6918 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6919 6920 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6921 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6922 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6923 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6924 6925 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6926 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6927 6928 bool isFriend = false; 6929 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6930 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6931 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6932 6933 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6934 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6935 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6936 6937 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6938 6939 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6940 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6941 6942 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6943 isVirtualOkay); 6944 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6945 6946 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6947 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6948 6949 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6950 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6951 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6952 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6953 6954 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6955 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6956 6957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6958 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6959 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6960 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6961 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6962 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6963 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6964 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6965 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6966 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6967 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6968 } 6969 6970 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6971 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6972 // return true). 6973 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6974 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6975 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6976 NewFD->setPure(true); 6977 } 6978 6979 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6980 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6981 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6982 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 6985 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6986 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6987 bool Invalid = false; 6988 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6989 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6990 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6991 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6992 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6993 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6994 : nullptr, 6995 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6996 Invalid)) { 6997 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6998 // This is a function template 6999 7000 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7001 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7002 return nullptr; 7003 7004 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7005 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7006 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7007 return nullptr; 7008 } 7009 7010 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7011 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7012 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7013 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7014 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7015 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7016 Invalid = true; 7017 } 7018 7019 7020 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7021 NewFD->getLocation(), 7022 Name, TemplateParams, 7023 NewFD); 7024 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7025 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7026 7027 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7028 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7029 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7030 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7031 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7032 } 7033 } else { 7034 // This is a function template specialization. 7035 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7036 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7037 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7038 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7039 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7040 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7041 7042 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7043 if (isFriend) { 7044 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7045 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7046 7047 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7048 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7049 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7050 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7051 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7052 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7053 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7054 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7055 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7056 } 7057 7058 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7059 << Name << RemoveRange 7060 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7061 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7062 } 7063 } 7064 } 7065 else { 7066 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7067 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7068 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7069 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7070 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7071 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7072 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7073 } 7074 7075 if (Invalid) { 7076 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7077 if (FunctionTemplate) 7078 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7079 } 7080 7081 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7082 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7083 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7084 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7085 // 7086 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7087 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7088 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7089 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7090 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7091 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7092 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7093 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7094 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7095 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7096 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7097 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7098 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7099 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7101 } else { 7102 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7103 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7104 } 7105 7106 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7107 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7108 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7109 } 7110 7111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7112 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7113 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7114 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7115 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7116 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7117 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7118 // thing to do. 7119 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7120 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7121 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7122 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7123 QualType Result = 7124 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7125 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7126 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7127 } 7128 7129 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7130 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7131 // declaration. 7132 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7133 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7134 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7135 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7136 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7137 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7138 } 7139 } 7140 7141 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7142 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7143 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7144 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7145 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7146 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7147 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7149 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7150 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7151 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7152 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7153 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7154 // or conversion function. 7155 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7156 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7157 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7158 } 7159 } 7160 7161 if (isConstexpr) { 7162 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7163 // are implicitly inline. 7164 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7165 7166 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7167 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7168 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7169 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7170 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7171 } 7172 7173 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7174 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7175 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7176 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7177 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7178 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7179 << 0 7180 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7181 } else { 7182 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7183 if (FunctionTemplate) 7184 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7185 } 7186 } 7187 7188 if (isFriend) { 7189 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7190 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7191 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7192 } 7193 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7194 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7195 } 7196 7197 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7198 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7199 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7200 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7201 case FDK_Declaration: 7202 case FDK_Definition: 7203 break; 7204 7205 case FDK_Defaulted: 7206 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7207 break; 7208 7209 case FDK_Deleted: 7210 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7211 break; 7212 } 7213 7214 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7215 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7216 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7217 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7218 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7219 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7220 } 7221 7222 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7223 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7224 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7225 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7226 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7227 // the class. 7228 7229 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7230 // member function definition. 7231 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7232 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7233 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7234 } 7235 7236 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7237 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7238 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7239 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7240 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7241 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7242 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7243 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7244 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7245 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7246 } 7247 7248 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7249 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7250 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7251 isExplicitSpecialization || 7252 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7253 7254 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7255 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7256 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7257 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7258 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7259 SE->getString(), 0)); 7260 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7261 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7262 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7263 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7264 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7265 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7266 } 7267 } 7268 7269 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7270 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7271 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7272 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7273 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7274 7275 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7276 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7277 // single void argument. 7278 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7279 // already checks for that case. 7280 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7281 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7282 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7283 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7284 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7285 Params.push_back(Param); 7286 7287 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7288 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7289 } 7290 } 7291 7292 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7293 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7294 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7295 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7296 // 7297 // @code 7298 // typedef void fn(int); 7299 // fn f; 7300 // @endcode 7301 7302 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7303 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7304 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7305 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7306 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7307 Params.push_back(Param); 7308 } 7309 } else { 7310 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7311 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7312 } 7313 7314 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7315 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7316 7317 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7318 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7319 // 7320 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7321 // 7322 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7323 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7324 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7325 7326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7327 NewFD->addAttr( 7328 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7329 Context, 0)); 7330 7331 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7332 // because all functions have linkage. 7333 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7334 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7335 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7336 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7337 } 7338 7339 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7340 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7341 NewFD->addAttr( 7342 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7343 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7344 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7345 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7346 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7347 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7348 NewFD)) 7349 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7350 } 7351 7352 // Handle attributes. 7353 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7354 7355 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7356 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7357 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7358 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7359 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7360 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7361 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7362 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7363 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7364 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7365 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7366 } 7367 7368 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7369 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7370 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7371 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7372 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7373 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7374 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7375 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7376 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7377 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7378 } 7379 } 7380 7381 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7382 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7383 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7384 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7385 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7386 7387 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7388 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7389 7390 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7391 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7392 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7393 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7394 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7395 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7396 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7397 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7398 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7399 7400 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7401 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7402 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7403 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7404 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7405 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7406 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7407 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7408 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7409 int DiagID = 7410 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7411 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7412 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7413 } 7414 } 7415 } else { 7416 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7417 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7418 // 7419 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7420 // 7421 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7422 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7423 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7424 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7425 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7426 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7427 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7428 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7429 7430 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7431 // argument list into our AST format. 7432 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7433 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7434 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7435 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7436 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7437 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7438 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7439 TemplateArgs); 7440 7441 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7442 7443 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7444 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7445 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7446 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7447 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7448 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7449 7450 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7451 } else { 7452 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7453 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7454 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7455 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7456 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7457 } 7458 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7459 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7460 // wrote something like: 7461 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7462 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7463 // friend void foo<>(int); 7464 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7465 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7466 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7467 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7468 } 7469 7470 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7471 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7472 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7473 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7474 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7475 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7476 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7477 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7478 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7479 InstantiationDependent))) { 7480 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7481 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7482 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7483 Previous)) 7484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7485 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7486 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7487 && !isFriend) { 7488 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7489 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7490 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7491 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7492 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7493 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7494 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7495 : nullptr), 7496 Previous)) 7497 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7498 7499 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7500 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7501 // specialization (14.7.3) 7502 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7503 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7504 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7505 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7506 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7507 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7508 << SC 7509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7510 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7511 7512 else 7513 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7514 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7515 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7516 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7517 } 7518 7519 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7520 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7522 } 7523 7524 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7525 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7526 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7527 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7528 7529 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7530 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7531 7532 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7533 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7534 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7535 } 7536 7537 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7538 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7539 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7540 7541 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7542 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7543 : NewFD); 7544 7545 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7546 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7547 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7548 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7549 7550 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7551 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7552 } 7553 7554 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7555 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7556 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7557 7558 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7559 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7560 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7561 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7562 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7563 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7564 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7565 : nullptr, 7566 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7567 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7568 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7569 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7570 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7571 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7572 DC->isDependentContext()) 7573 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7574 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7575 } 7576 7577 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7578 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7579 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7580 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7581 AddToScope }; 7582 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7583 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7584 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7585 7586 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7587 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7588 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7589 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7590 7591 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7592 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7593 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7594 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7595 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7596 // can actually do this check immediately. 7597 if (isFriend && 7598 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7599 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7600 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7601 // ignore these 7602 } else { 7603 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7604 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7605 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7606 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7607 // 7608 // class X { 7609 // void f() const; 7610 // }; 7611 // 7612 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7613 // 7614 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7615 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7616 // whether the parameter types are references). 7617 7618 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7619 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7620 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7621 return Result; 7622 } 7623 } 7624 7625 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7626 // to something. 7627 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7628 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7629 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7630 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7631 return Result; 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7636 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7637 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7638 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7639 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7640 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7641 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7642 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7643 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7644 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7645 // generate them. 7646 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7647 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7648 } 7649 } 7650 7651 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7652 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7653 7654 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7655 7656 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7657 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7658 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7659 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7660 << NewFD; 7661 7662 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7663 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7664 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7665 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7666 EPI.Variadic = true; 7667 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7668 7669 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7670 NewFD->setType(R); 7671 } 7672 7673 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7674 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7675 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7676 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7677 7678 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7679 // marking the function. 7680 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7681 7682 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7683 // a pragma. 7684 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7685 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7686 7687 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7688 // the map of such variables. 7689 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7690 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7691 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7692 7693 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7694 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7695 7696 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7697 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7698 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7699 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7700 } 7701 7702 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7703 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7704 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7705 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7706 return FunctionTemplate; 7707 } 7708 } 7709 7710 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7711 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7712 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7713 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7714 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7715 D.setInvalidType(); 7716 } 7717 7718 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7719 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7720 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7721 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7722 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7723 : FixItHint()); 7724 D.setInvalidType(); 7725 } 7726 7727 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7728 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7729 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7730 } 7731 7732 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7733 7734 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7735 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7736 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7737 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7738 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7739 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7740 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7741 7742 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7743 } 7744 } 7745 7746 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7747 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7748 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7749 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7750 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7751 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7752 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7753 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7754 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7755 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7756 AddToScope = false; 7757 } 7758 7759 return NewFD; 7760 } 7761 7762 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7763 /// 7764 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7765 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7766 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7767 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7768 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7769 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7770 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7771 /// 7772 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7773 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7774 /// 7775 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7776 /// 7777 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7778 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7779 LookupResult &Previous, 7780 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7781 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7782 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7783 7784 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7785 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7786 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7787 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7788 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7789 7790 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7791 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7792 7793 bool Redeclaration = false; 7794 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7795 7796 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7797 // the same name, if appropriate. 7798 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7799 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7800 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7801 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7802 // function to the scope. 7803 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7804 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7805 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7806 Redeclaration = true; 7807 OldDecl = Candidate; 7808 } 7809 } else { 7810 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7811 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7812 case Ovl_Match: 7813 Redeclaration = true; 7814 break; 7815 7816 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7817 Redeclaration = true; 7818 break; 7819 7820 case Ovl_Overload: 7821 Redeclaration = false; 7822 break; 7823 } 7824 7825 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7826 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7827 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7828 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7829 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7830 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7831 if (Redeclaration) 7832 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7833 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7834 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7835 if (OverloadedDecl) 7836 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7837 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7838 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7839 } 7840 } 7841 } 7842 7843 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7844 if (!Redeclaration && 7845 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7846 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7847 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7848 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7849 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7850 Redeclaration = true; 7851 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7852 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7853 7854 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7855 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7858 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7859 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7860 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7861 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7862 } 7863 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7864 Redeclaration = false; 7865 OldDecl = nullptr; 7866 } 7867 } 7868 } 7869 } 7870 7871 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7872 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7873 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7874 // 7875 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7876 // definition of a static member function. 7877 // 7878 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7879 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7880 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7881 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7882 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7883 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7884 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7885 if (OldDecl) 7886 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7887 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7888 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7889 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7890 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7891 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7892 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7893 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7894 7895 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7896 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7897 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7898 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7899 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7900 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7901 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7902 7903 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7904 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7905 } 7906 } 7907 } 7908 7909 if (Redeclaration) { 7910 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7911 // merged. 7912 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7914 return Redeclaration; 7915 } 7916 7917 Previous.clear(); 7918 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7919 7920 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7921 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7922 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7923 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7924 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7925 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7926 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7927 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7928 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7929 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7930 } 7931 7932 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7933 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7934 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7935 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7936 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7937 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7938 } 7939 7940 } else { 7941 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7942 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7943 7944 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7945 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7946 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7947 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7948 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7949 7950 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7951 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7952 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7953 7954 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7955 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7956 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7957 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7958 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7959 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7960 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7961 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7962 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7963 } 7964 } 7965 } 7966 } 7967 } 7968 7969 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7970 7971 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7972 // C++-specific checks. 7973 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7974 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7975 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7976 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7977 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7978 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7979 7980 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7981 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7982 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7983 DeclarationName Name 7984 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7985 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7986 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7987 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7988 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7989 return Redeclaration; 7990 } 7991 } 7992 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7993 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7994 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7995 } 7996 7997 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7998 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7999 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8000 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8001 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8002 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8003 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8004 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8005 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8006 } 8007 } 8008 } 8009 8010 if (Method->isStatic()) 8011 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8012 } 8013 8014 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8015 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8016 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8017 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8018 return Redeclaration; 8019 } 8020 8021 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8022 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8023 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8024 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8025 return Redeclaration; 8026 } 8027 8028 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8029 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8030 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8031 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8032 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8033 8034 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8035 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8036 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8037 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8038 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8039 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8040 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8041 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8042 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8043 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8044 } 8045 } 8046 8047 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8048 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8049 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8050 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8051 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 8052 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8053 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8054 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8055 << NewFD << R; 8056 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8057 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8058 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8059 } 8060 } 8061 return Redeclaration; 8062 } 8063 8064 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8065 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8066 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8067 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8068 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8069 // appear in a declaration of main. 8070 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8071 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8072 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8073 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8074 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8075 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8076 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8077 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8078 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8079 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8080 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8081 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8082 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8083 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8085 } 8086 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8087 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8088 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8089 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8090 } 8091 8092 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8093 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8094 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8095 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8096 return; 8097 } 8098 8099 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8100 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8101 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8102 8103 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8104 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8105 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8106 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8107 8108 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8109 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8110 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8111 else { 8112 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8113 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8114 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8115 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8116 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8117 } 8118 } else { 8119 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8120 // set the flag which tells us that. 8121 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8122 8123 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8124 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8125 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8126 else { 8127 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8128 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8129 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8130 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8131 : FixItHint()); 8132 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8133 } 8134 } 8135 8136 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8137 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8138 8139 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8140 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8141 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8142 8143 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8144 8145 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8146 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8147 // getting shifty. 8148 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8149 HasExtraParameters = false; 8150 8151 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8152 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8153 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8154 nparams = 3; 8155 } 8156 8157 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8158 // if we had some location information about types. 8159 8160 QualType CharPP = 8161 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8162 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8163 8164 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8165 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8166 8167 bool mismatch = true; 8168 8169 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8170 mismatch = false; 8171 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8172 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8173 // char const ** 8174 // char const * const * 8175 // char * const * 8176 8177 QualifierCollector qs; 8178 const PointerType* PT; 8179 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8180 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8181 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8182 Context.CharTy)) { 8183 qs.removeConst(); 8184 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8185 } 8186 } 8187 8188 if (mismatch) { 8189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8190 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8191 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8192 } 8193 } 8194 8195 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8196 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8197 } 8198 8199 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8201 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8202 } 8203 } 8204 8205 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8206 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8207 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8208 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8209 8210 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8211 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8212 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8213 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8214 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8215 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8216 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8217 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8218 8219 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8220 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8221 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8222 } 8223 } 8224 8225 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8226 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8227 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8228 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8229 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8230 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8231 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8232 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8233 // rules there don't matter.) 8234 const Expr *Culprit; 8235 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8236 return false; 8237 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8238 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8239 return true; 8240 } 8241 8242 namespace { 8243 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8244 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8245 class SelfReferenceChecker 8246 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8247 Sema &S; 8248 Decl *OrigDecl; 8249 bool isRecordType; 8250 bool isPODType; 8251 bool isReferenceType; 8252 8253 bool isInitList; 8254 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8255 public: 8256 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8257 8258 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8259 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8260 isPODType = false; 8261 isRecordType = false; 8262 isReferenceType = false; 8263 isInitList = false; 8264 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8265 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8266 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8267 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8268 } 8269 } 8270 8271 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8272 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8273 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8274 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8275 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8276 if (!InitList) { 8277 Visit(E); 8278 return; 8279 } 8280 8281 // Track and increment the index here. 8282 isInitList = true; 8283 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8284 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8285 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8286 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8287 } 8288 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8289 } 8290 8291 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8292 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8293 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8294 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8295 Expr *Base = E; 8296 bool ReferenceField = false; 8297 8298 // Get the field memebers used. 8299 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8300 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8301 if (!FD) 8302 return false; 8303 Fields.push_back(FD); 8304 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8305 ReferenceField = true; 8306 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8307 } 8308 8309 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8310 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8311 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8312 return false; 8313 8314 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8315 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8316 return true; 8317 8318 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8319 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8320 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8321 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8322 } 8323 8324 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8325 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8326 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8327 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8328 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8329 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8330 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8331 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8332 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8333 return true; 8334 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8335 break; 8336 } 8337 8338 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8339 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8340 return true; 8341 } 8342 8343 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8344 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8345 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8346 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8347 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8348 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8349 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8350 return; 8351 } 8352 8353 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8354 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8355 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8356 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8357 return; 8358 } 8359 8360 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8361 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8362 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8363 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8364 return; 8365 } 8366 8367 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8368 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8369 return; 8370 } 8371 8372 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8373 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8374 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8375 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8376 return; 8377 } 8378 } 8379 8380 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8381 if (isInitList) { 8382 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8383 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8384 return; 8385 } 8386 8387 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8388 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8389 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8390 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8391 return; 8392 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8393 } 8394 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8395 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8396 return; 8397 } 8398 8399 Visit(E); 8400 } 8401 8402 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8403 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8404 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8405 if (isReferenceType) 8406 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8407 } 8408 8409 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8410 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8411 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8412 return; 8413 } 8414 8415 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8416 } 8417 8418 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8419 if (isInitList) { 8420 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8421 return; 8422 } 8423 8424 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8425 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8426 8427 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8428 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8429 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8430 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8431 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8432 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8433 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8434 Warn = false; 8435 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8436 } 8437 8438 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8439 if (Warn) 8440 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8441 return; 8442 } 8443 8444 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8445 // Visit that expression. 8446 Visit(Base); 8447 } 8448 8449 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8450 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8451 8452 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8453 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8454 8455 Visit(Callee); 8456 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8457 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8458 } 8459 8460 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8461 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8462 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8463 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8464 if (!isPODType) 8465 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8466 return; 8467 } 8468 8469 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8470 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8471 return; 8472 } 8473 8474 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8475 } 8476 8477 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8478 8479 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8480 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8481 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8482 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8483 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8484 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8485 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8486 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8487 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8488 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8489 return; 8490 } 8491 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8492 } 8493 8494 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8495 // Treat std::move as a use. 8496 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8497 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8498 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8499 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8500 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8501 return; 8502 } 8503 } 8504 } 8505 8506 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8507 } 8508 8509 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8510 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8511 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8512 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8513 return; 8514 } 8515 8516 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8517 } 8518 8519 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8520 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8521 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8522 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8523 Visit(E->getCond()); 8524 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8525 } 8526 8527 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8528 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8529 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8530 unsigned diag; 8531 if (isReferenceType) { 8532 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8533 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8534 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8535 } else { 8536 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8537 } 8538 8539 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8540 S.PDiag(diag) 8541 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8542 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8543 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8544 } 8545 }; 8546 8547 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8548 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8549 bool DirectInit) { 8550 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8551 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8552 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8553 return; 8554 8555 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8556 8557 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8558 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8559 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8560 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8561 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8562 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8563 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8564 return; 8565 8566 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8567 } 8568 } 8569 8570 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8571 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8572 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8573 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8574 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8575 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8576 // the initializer. 8577 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8578 return; 8579 8580 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8581 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8582 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8583 // Thus this grotesque test. 8584 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8585 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8586 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8587 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8588 else { 8589 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8590 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8591 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8592 } 8593 return; 8594 } 8595 8596 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8597 if (!VDecl) { 8598 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8599 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8600 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8601 return; 8602 } 8603 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8604 8605 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8606 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8607 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8608 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8609 // contains exactly one expression. 8610 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8611 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8612 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8613 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8614 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8615 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8616 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8617 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8618 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8619 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8620 return; 8621 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8622 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8623 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8624 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8625 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8626 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8627 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8628 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8629 return; 8630 } else { 8631 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8632 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8633 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8634 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8635 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8636 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8637 } 8638 } 8639 8640 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8641 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8642 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8643 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8644 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8645 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8646 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8647 return; 8648 } 8649 Init = Result.get(); 8650 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8651 } 8652 8653 QualType DeducedType; 8654 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8655 DAR_Failed) 8656 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8657 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8658 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8659 return; 8660 } 8661 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8662 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8663 8664 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8665 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8666 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8667 8668 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8669 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8670 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8671 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8672 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8673 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8674 SourceLocation Loc = 8675 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8676 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8677 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8678 } 8679 8680 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8681 // the previously declared type. 8682 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8683 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8684 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8685 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8686 } 8687 8688 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8689 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8690 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8691 return; 8692 } 8693 8694 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8695 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8696 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8697 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8698 return; 8699 } 8700 8701 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8702 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8703 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8704 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8705 return; 8706 } 8707 8708 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8709 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8710 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8711 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8712 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8713 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8714 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8715 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8716 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8717 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8718 return; 8719 } 8720 8721 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8722 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8723 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8724 AbstractVariableType)) 8725 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8726 } 8727 8728 const VarDecl *Def; 8729 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8730 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8731 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8732 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8733 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8734 return; 8735 } 8736 8737 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8739 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8740 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8741 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8742 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8743 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8744 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8745 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8746 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8747 // 8748 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8749 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8750 // declaration with an initializer. 8751 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8752 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8753 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8754 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8755 return; 8756 } 8757 8758 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8759 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8760 8761 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8762 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8763 return; 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8768 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8769 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8770 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8771 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8772 return; 8773 } 8774 8775 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8776 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8777 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8778 8779 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8780 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8781 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8782 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8783 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8784 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8786 return; 8787 } 8788 Init = Result.get(); 8789 } 8790 8791 // Perform the initialization. 8792 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8793 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8794 InitializationKind Kind 8795 = DirectInit ? 8796 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8797 Init->getLocStart(), 8798 Init->getLocEnd()) 8799 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8800 VDecl->getLocation()) 8801 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8802 Init->getLocStart()); 8803 8804 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8805 if (CXXDirectInit) 8806 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8807 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8808 8809 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8810 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8811 ExprResult Res = 8812 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8813 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8814 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8815 }); 8816 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8817 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8818 return; 8819 } 8820 if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) 8821 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8822 } 8823 8824 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8825 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8826 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8827 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8828 return; 8829 } 8830 8831 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8832 } 8833 8834 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8835 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8836 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8837 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8838 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8839 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8840 } 8841 8842 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8843 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8844 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8845 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8846 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8847 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8848 8849 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8850 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8851 8852 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8853 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8854 8855 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8856 // Although this code can still have problems: 8857 // id x = self.weakProp; 8858 // id y = self.weakProp; 8859 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8860 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8861 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8862 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8863 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8864 Init->getLocStart())) 8865 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8866 } 8867 8868 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8869 // 8870 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8871 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8872 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8873 // 8874 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8875 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8876 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8877 // 8878 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8879 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8880 false, 8881 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8882 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8883 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8884 return; 8885 } 8886 Init = Result.get(); 8887 8888 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8889 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8890 8891 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8892 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8893 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8894 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8895 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8896 const Expr *Culprit; 8897 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8898 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8899 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8900 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8901 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8902 // constant expressions. 8903 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8904 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8905 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8906 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8907 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8908 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8909 } 8910 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8911 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8912 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8913 // 8914 // struct S { 8915 // static const int value = 17; 8916 // }; 8917 8918 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8919 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8920 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8921 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8922 // 8923 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8924 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8925 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8926 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8927 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8928 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8929 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8930 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8931 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8932 8933 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8934 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8935 8936 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8937 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8938 // type. 8939 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8940 8941 // Require constness. 8942 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8943 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8944 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8945 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8946 8947 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8948 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8949 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8950 SourceLocation Loc; 8951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8952 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8953 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8954 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8955 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8956 ; // Nothing to check. 8957 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8958 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8959 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8960 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8961 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8962 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8963 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8964 } else { 8965 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8966 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8968 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8969 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8970 } 8971 8972 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8973 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8974 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8975 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8976 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8977 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8978 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8979 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8980 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8981 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8982 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8983 } else { 8984 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8985 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8986 8987 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8988 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8989 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8990 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8991 } 8992 } 8993 8994 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8995 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8996 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8997 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8998 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8999 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9000 9001 } else { 9002 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9003 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9004 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9005 } 9006 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9007 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9008 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9009 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9010 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9011 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9012 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9013 9014 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9015 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9016 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9017 } 9018 9019 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9020 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9021 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9022 // 9023 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9024 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9025 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9026 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9027 // special case code. 9028 9029 // C++ 8.5p11: 9030 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9031 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9032 // class type. 9033 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9034 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9035 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9036 } else if (DirectInit) { 9037 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9038 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9039 } 9040 9041 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9042 } 9043 9044 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9045 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9046 /// of sanity. 9047 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9048 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9049 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9050 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9051 9052 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9053 if (!VD) return; 9054 9055 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9056 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9057 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9058 return; 9059 } 9060 9061 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9062 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9063 9064 // Require a complete type. 9065 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9066 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9067 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9068 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9069 return; 9070 } 9071 9072 // Require a non-abstract type. 9073 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9074 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9075 AbstractVariableType)) { 9076 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9077 return; 9078 } 9079 9080 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9081 // though. 9082 } 9083 9084 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9085 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9086 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9087 if (!RealDecl) 9088 return; 9089 9090 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9091 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9092 9093 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9094 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9095 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9096 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9097 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9098 return; 9099 } 9100 9101 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9102 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9103 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9104 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9105 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9106 // member. 9107 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9108 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9109 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9110 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9111 << Var->getDeclName(); 9112 else 9113 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9114 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9115 return; 9116 } 9117 9118 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9119 // be initialized. 9120 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9121 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9122 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9123 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9124 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9125 return; 9126 } 9127 9128 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9129 case VarDecl::Definition: 9130 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9131 break; 9132 9133 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9134 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9135 // a declaration. 9136 // 9137 // Fall through 9138 9139 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9140 // It's only a declaration. 9141 9142 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9143 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9144 // object shall be complete. 9145 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9146 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9147 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9148 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9149 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9150 9151 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9152 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9153 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9154 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9155 AbstractVariableType)) 9156 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9157 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9158 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9159 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9160 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9161 } 9162 9163 return; 9164 9165 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9166 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9167 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9168 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9169 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9170 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9171 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9172 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9173 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9174 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9175 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9176 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9177 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9178 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9179 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9180 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9181 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9182 // NOTE: code such as the following 9183 // static struct s; 9184 // struct s { int a; }; 9185 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9186 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9187 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9188 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9189 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9190 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9191 } 9192 } 9193 9194 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9195 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9196 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9197 return; 9198 } 9199 9200 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9201 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9202 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9203 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9204 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9205 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9210 // definitions with reference type. 9211 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9212 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9213 << Var->getDeclName() 9214 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9215 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9216 return; 9217 } 9218 9219 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9220 // variable with dependent type. 9221 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9222 return; 9223 9224 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9225 return; 9226 9227 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9228 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9229 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9230 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9231 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9232 return; 9233 } 9234 } 9235 9236 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9237 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9238 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9239 AbstractVariableType)) { 9240 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9241 return; 9242 } 9243 9244 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9245 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9246 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9247 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9248 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9249 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9250 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9251 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9252 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9253 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9254 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9255 if (const RecordType *Record 9256 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9257 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9258 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9259 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9260 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9261 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9262 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9263 } 9264 } 9265 9266 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9267 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9268 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9269 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9270 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9271 // type shall have a user-declared default 9272 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9273 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9274 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9275 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9276 // program is ill-formed. 9277 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9278 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9279 // default-initialized; [...]. 9280 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9281 InitializationKind Kind 9282 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9283 9284 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9285 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9286 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9287 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9288 else if (Init.get()) { 9289 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9290 // This is important for template substitution. 9291 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9292 } 9293 9294 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9295 } 9296 } 9297 9298 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9299 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9300 if (!VD) { 9301 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9302 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9303 return; 9304 } 9305 9306 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9307 9308 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9309 int Error = -1; 9310 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9311 case SC_None: 9312 break; 9313 case SC_Extern: 9314 Error = 0; 9315 break; 9316 case SC_Static: 9317 Error = 1; 9318 break; 9319 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9320 Error = 2; 9321 break; 9322 case SC_Auto: 9323 Error = 3; 9324 break; 9325 case SC_Register: 9326 Error = 4; 9327 break; 9328 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9329 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9330 } 9331 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9332 Error = 5; 9333 if (Error != -1) { 9334 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9335 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9336 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9337 } 9338 } 9339 9340 StmtResult 9341 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9342 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9343 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9344 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9345 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9346 // A range-based for statement of the form 9347 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9348 // is equivalent to 9349 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9350 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9351 9352 const char *PrevSpec; 9353 unsigned DiagID; 9354 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9355 getPrintingPolicy()); 9356 9357 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9358 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9359 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9360 9361 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9362 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9363 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9364 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9365 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9366 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9367 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9368 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9369 } 9370 9371 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9372 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9373 9374 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9375 // local retaining variable. 9376 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9377 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9378 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9379 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9380 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9381 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9382 break; 9383 9384 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9385 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9386 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9387 break; 9388 } 9389 } 9390 9391 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9392 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9393 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9394 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9395 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9396 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9397 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9398 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9399 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9400 var->getLocation())) { 9401 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9402 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9403 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9404 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9405 9406 if (!prev) 9407 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9408 } 9409 9410 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9411 const Expr *Culprit; 9412 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9413 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9414 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9415 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9416 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9417 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9418 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9419 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9420 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9421 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9422 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9423 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9424 // initialization. 9425 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9426 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9427 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9428 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9429 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9430 } 9431 9432 } 9433 9434 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9435 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9436 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9437 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9438 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9439 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9440 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9441 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9442 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9443 } else { 9444 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9445 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9446 } 9447 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9448 var->addAttr( 9449 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9450 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9451 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9452 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9453 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9454 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9455 9456 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9457 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9458 // attribute. 9459 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9460 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9461 CurInitSegLoc)); 9462 } 9463 9464 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9465 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9466 9467 QualType type = var->getType(); 9468 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9469 9470 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9471 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9472 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9473 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9474 9475 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9476 // constructing this copy. 9477 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9478 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9479 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9480 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9481 ExprResult result 9482 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9483 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9484 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9485 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9486 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9487 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9488 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9489 } 9490 } 9491 } 9492 9493 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9494 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9495 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9496 9497 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9498 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9499 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9500 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9501 var->getLocation())) { 9502 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9503 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9504 // warned about them. 9505 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9506 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9507 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9508 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9509 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9510 } 9511 9512 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9513 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9514 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9515 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9516 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9517 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9518 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9519 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9520 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9521 Notes.clear(); 9522 } 9523 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9524 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9525 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9526 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9527 } 9528 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9529 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9530 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9531 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9532 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9533 } 9534 } 9535 9536 // Require the destructor. 9537 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9538 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9539 } 9540 9541 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9542 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9543 void 9544 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9545 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9546 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9547 9548 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9549 if (!VD) 9550 return; 9551 9552 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9553 9554 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9555 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9556 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9557 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9558 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9559 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9560 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9561 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9562 } 9563 } 9564 } 9565 9566 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9567 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9568 9569 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9570 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9571 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9572 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9573 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9574 // with a warning. 9575 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9576 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9577 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9578 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9579 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9580 9581 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9582 IsClassTemplateMember 9583 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9584 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9585 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9586 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9587 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9588 } 9589 } 9590 9591 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9592 // isn't exported with the variable. 9593 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9594 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9595 << DLLAttr; 9596 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9597 } 9598 9599 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9600 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9601 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9602 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9607 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9608 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9609 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9610 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9611 << VD->getDeclName(); 9612 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9613 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9614 } 9615 } 9616 } 9617 9618 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9619 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9620 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9621 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9622 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9623 9624 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9625 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9626 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9627 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9628 9629 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9630 // tag values. 9631 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9632 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9633 return; 9634 9635 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9636 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9637 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9638 continue; 9639 } 9640 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9641 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9642 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9643 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9644 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9645 continue; 9646 } 9647 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9648 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9649 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9650 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9651 continue; 9652 } 9653 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9654 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9655 MagicValue, 9656 I->getMatchingCType(), 9657 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9658 I->getMustBeNull()); 9659 } 9660 } 9661 9662 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9663 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9664 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9665 9666 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9667 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9668 9669 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9670 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9671 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9672 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9673 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9674 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9675 Decls.push_back(D); 9676 } 9677 9678 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9679 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9680 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9681 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9682 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9683 } 9684 } 9685 9686 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9687 } 9688 9689 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9690 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9691 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9692 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9693 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9694 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9695 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9696 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9697 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9698 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9699 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9700 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9701 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9702 QualType Deduced; 9703 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9704 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9705 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9706 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9707 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9708 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9709 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9710 break; 9711 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9712 if (!U.isNull()) { 9713 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9714 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9715 Deduced = U; 9716 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9717 DeducedDecl = D; 9718 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9719 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9720 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9721 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9722 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9723 << U << D->getDeclName() 9724 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9725 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9726 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9727 break; 9728 } 9729 } 9730 } 9731 } 9732 } 9733 9734 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9735 9736 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9737 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9738 } 9739 9740 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9741 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9742 } 9743 9744 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9745 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9746 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9747 return; 9748 9749 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9750 return; 9751 9752 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9753 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9754 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9755 // additional declaration references: 9756 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9757 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9758 // 'struct S *pS;' 9759 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9760 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9761 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9762 Group = Group.slice(1); 9763 } 9764 } 9765 9766 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9767 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9768 if (!Comments.empty() && 9769 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9770 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9771 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9772 // 9773 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9774 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9775 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9776 // ahead through comments. 9777 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9778 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9779 } 9780 } 9781 9782 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9783 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9784 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9785 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9786 9787 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9788 9789 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9790 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9791 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9792 SC = SC_Register; 9793 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9794 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9795 SC = SC_Auto; 9796 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9797 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9798 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9799 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9800 } 9801 9802 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9803 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9804 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9805 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9806 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9807 << 0; 9808 9809 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9810 9811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9812 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9813 9814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9815 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9816 // parameter. 9817 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9818 9819 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9820 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9821 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9822 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9823 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9824 } 9825 } 9826 9827 // Ensure we have a valid name 9828 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9829 if (D.hasName()) { 9830 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9831 if (!II) { 9832 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9833 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9834 D.setInvalidType(true); 9835 } 9836 } 9837 9838 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9839 if (II) { 9840 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9841 ForRedeclaration); 9842 LookupName(R, S); 9843 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9844 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9845 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9846 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9847 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9848 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9849 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9850 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9851 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9852 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9853 9854 // Recover by removing the name 9855 II = nullptr; 9856 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9857 D.setInvalidType(true); 9858 } 9859 } 9860 } 9861 9862 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9863 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9864 // looking like class members in C++. 9865 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9866 D.getLocStart(), 9867 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9868 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9869 SC); 9870 9871 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9872 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9873 9874 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9875 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9876 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9877 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9878 9879 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9880 S->AddDecl(New); 9881 if (II) 9882 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9883 9884 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9885 9886 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9888 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9889 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9890 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9891 9892 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9893 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9894 } 9895 return New; 9896 } 9897 9898 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9899 /// typedef. 9900 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9901 SourceLocation Loc, 9902 QualType T) { 9903 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9904 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9905 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9906 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9907 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9908 SC_None, nullptr); 9909 Param->setImplicit(); 9910 return Param; 9911 } 9912 9913 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9914 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9915 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9916 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9917 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9918 return; 9919 9920 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9921 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9922 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9923 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9924 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9925 } 9926 } 9927 } 9928 9929 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9930 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9931 QualType ReturnTy, 9932 NamedDecl *D) { 9933 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9934 return; 9935 9936 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9937 // threshold. 9938 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9939 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9940 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9941 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9942 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9943 } 9944 9945 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9946 // threshold. 9947 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9948 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9949 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9950 continue; 9951 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9952 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9953 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9954 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9955 } 9956 } 9957 9958 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9959 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9960 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9961 StorageClass SC) { 9962 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9963 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9964 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9965 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9966 9967 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9968 9969 // Special cases for arrays: 9970 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9971 // - otherwise, it's an error 9972 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9973 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9974 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9975 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9976 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9977 } 9978 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9979 } else { 9980 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9981 } 9982 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9983 } 9984 9985 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9986 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9987 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 9988 9989 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9990 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9991 // the class has been completely parsed. 9992 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9993 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9994 AbstractParamType)) 9995 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9996 9997 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9998 // passed by reference. 9999 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10000 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10001 Diag(NameLoc, 10002 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10003 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10004 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10005 New->setType(T); 10006 } 10007 10008 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10009 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10010 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10011 // an address space. 10012 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10013 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10014 // to be qualified with an address space. 10015 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10016 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10017 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10018 } 10019 } 10020 10021 return New; 10022 } 10023 10024 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10025 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10026 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10027 10028 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10029 // for a K&R function. 10030 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10031 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10032 --i; 10033 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10034 SmallString<256> Code; 10035 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10036 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10037 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10038 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10039 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10040 10041 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10042 // type. 10043 AttributeFactory attrs; 10044 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10045 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10046 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10047 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10048 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10049 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10050 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10051 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10052 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10053 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10054 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10055 } 10056 } 10057 } 10058 } 10059 10060 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10061 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10062 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10063 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10064 10065 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10066 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10067 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10068 } 10069 10070 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10071 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10072 } 10073 10074 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10075 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10076 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10077 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10078 return false; 10079 10080 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10081 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10082 return false; 10083 10084 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10085 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10086 return false; 10087 10088 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10089 if (FD->isMain()) 10090 return false; 10091 10092 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10093 if (FD->isInlined()) 10094 return false; 10095 10096 // Don't warn about function templates. 10097 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10098 return false; 10099 10100 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10101 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10102 return false; 10103 10104 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10105 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10106 return false; 10107 10108 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10109 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10110 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10111 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10112 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10113 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10114 continue; 10115 10116 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10117 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10118 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10119 break; 10120 } 10121 10122 return MissingPrototype; 10123 } 10124 10125 void 10126 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10127 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10128 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10129 // was an extern inline function. 10130 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10131 if (!Definition) 10132 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10133 return; 10134 10135 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10136 return; 10137 10138 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10139 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10141 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10142 else 10143 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10144 10145 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10146 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10147 } 10148 10149 10150 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10151 Sema &S) { 10152 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10153 10154 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10155 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10156 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10157 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10158 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10159 10160 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10161 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10162 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10163 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10164 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10165 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10166 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10167 10168 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10169 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10170 10171 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10172 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10173 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10174 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10175 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10176 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10177 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10178 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10179 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10180 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10181 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10182 /*RefersToCapturedVariable*/true, C.getLocation(), 10183 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10184 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10185 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10186 10187 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10188 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10189 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10190 } else { 10191 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10192 } 10193 ++I; 10194 } 10195 } 10196 10197 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10198 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10199 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10200 10201 if (!D) 10202 return D; 10203 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10204 10205 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10206 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10207 else 10208 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10209 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10210 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10211 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10212 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10213 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10214 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10215 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10216 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10217 // have the LSI properly restored. 10218 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10219 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10220 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10221 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10222 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10223 } 10224 else 10225 // Enter a new function scope 10226 PushFunctionScope(); 10227 10228 // See if this is a redefinition. 10229 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10230 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10231 10232 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10233 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10234 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10235 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10236 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10237 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10238 } 10239 } 10240 10241 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10242 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10243 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10244 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10245 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10246 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10247 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10248 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10249 10250 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10251 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10252 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10253 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10254 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10255 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10256 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10257 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10258 10259 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10260 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10261 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10262 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10263 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10264 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10265 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10266 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10267 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10268 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10269 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10270 } 10271 } 10272 } 10273 10274 if (FnBodyScope) 10275 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10276 10277 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10278 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10279 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10280 10281 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10282 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10283 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10284 10285 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10286 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10287 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10288 10289 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10290 } 10291 } 10292 10293 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10294 // introduce them into the function scope. 10295 if (FnBodyScope) { 10296 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10297 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10298 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10299 I != E; ++I) { 10300 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10301 10302 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10303 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10304 // and reattach to the current context. 10305 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10306 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10307 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10308 if (DI == D) { 10309 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10310 break; 10311 } 10312 } 10313 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10314 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10315 } 10316 10317 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10318 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10319 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10320 10321 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10322 // accessible in this scope. 10323 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10324 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10325 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10326 } 10327 } 10328 } 10329 10330 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10331 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10332 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10333 10334 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10335 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10336 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10337 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10338 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10339 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10340 return D; 10341 } 10342 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10343 // a function template). 10344 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10345 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10346 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10347 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10348 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10349 10350 return D; 10351 } 10352 10353 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10354 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10355 /// optimization. 10356 /// 10357 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10358 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10359 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10360 /// use the named return value optimization. 10361 /// 10362 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10363 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10364 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10365 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10366 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10367 10368 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10369 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10370 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10371 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10372 } 10373 } 10374 } 10375 10376 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10377 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10378 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10379 return false; 10380 10381 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10382 // return type (yet). 10383 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10384 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10385 // we can still delay parsing it. 10386 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10387 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10388 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10389 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10390 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10391 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10392 } 10393 } 10394 return false; 10395 } 10396 10397 return true; 10398 } 10399 10400 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10401 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10402 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10403 // rest of the file. 10404 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10405 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10406 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10407 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10408 return false; 10409 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10410 } 10411 10412 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10413 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10414 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10415 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10416 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10417 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10418 } 10419 10420 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10421 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10422 } 10423 10424 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10425 bool IsInstantiation) { 10426 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10427 10428 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10429 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10430 10431 if (FD) { 10432 FD->setBody(Body); 10433 10434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10435 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10436 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10437 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10438 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10439 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10440 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10441 << FD->getReturnType(); 10442 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10443 } else { 10444 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10445 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10446 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10447 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10448 } 10449 } 10450 10451 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10452 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10453 // is the first declaration. 10454 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10455 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10456 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10457 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10458 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10459 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10460 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10461 } 10462 10463 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10464 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10465 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10466 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10467 10468 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10469 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10470 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10472 10473 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10474 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10475 if (Body) 10476 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10477 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10478 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10479 10480 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10481 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10482 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10483 10484 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10485 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10486 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10487 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10488 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10489 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10490 } 10491 10492 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10493 "Function parsing confused"); 10494 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10495 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10496 MD->setBody(Body); 10497 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10498 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10499 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10500 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10501 10502 if (Body) 10503 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10504 } 10505 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10506 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10507 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10508 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10509 } 10510 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10511 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10512 bool isDesignated = 10513 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10514 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10515 (void)isDesignated; 10516 10517 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10518 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10519 if (!IFace) 10520 return false; 10521 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10522 if (!SuperD) 10523 return false; 10524 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10525 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10526 }; 10527 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10528 // of NSObject. 10529 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10530 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10531 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10532 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10533 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10534 } 10535 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10536 } 10537 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10538 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10539 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10540 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10541 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10542 } 10543 } else { 10544 return nullptr; 10545 } 10546 10547 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10548 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10549 "handled in the block above."); 10550 10551 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10552 if (Body) { 10553 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10554 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10555 // Verify this. 10556 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10557 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10558 10559 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10560 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10561 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10562 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10563 10564 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10565 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10566 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10567 10568 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10569 Destructor->getParent()); 10570 } 10571 10572 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10573 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10574 // deletion in some later function. 10575 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10576 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10577 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10578 } 10579 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10580 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10581 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10582 // enabled. 10583 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10584 } 10585 10586 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10587 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10588 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10589 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10590 10591 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10592 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10593 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10594 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10595 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10596 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10597 break; 10598 } 10599 } 10600 } 10601 10602 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects 10603 && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10604 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10605 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10606 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10607 } 10608 10609 if (!IsInstantiation) 10610 PopDeclContext(); 10611 10612 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10613 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10614 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10615 // deletion in some later function. 10616 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10617 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10618 } 10619 10620 return dcl; 10621 } 10622 10623 10624 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10625 /// relevant Decl. 10626 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10627 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10628 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10629 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10630 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10631 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10632 10633 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10634 if (Method->isStatic()) 10635 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10636 } 10637 10638 10639 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10640 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10641 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10642 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10643 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10644 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10645 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10646 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10647 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10648 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10649 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10650 return ExternCPrev; 10651 } 10652 10653 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10654 unsigned diag_id; 10655 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10656 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10657 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10658 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10659 else 10660 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10661 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10662 10663 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10664 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10665 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10666 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10667 if (S && 10668 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10669 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10670 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10671 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10672 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10673 } 10674 10675 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10676 const char *Dummy; 10677 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10678 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10679 unsigned DiagID; 10680 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10681 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10682 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10683 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10684 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10685 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10686 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10687 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10688 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10689 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10690 /*NumParams=*/0, 10691 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10692 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10693 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10694 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10695 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10696 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10697 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10698 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10699 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10700 EST_None, 10701 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10702 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10703 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10704 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10705 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10706 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10707 Loc, Loc, D), 10708 DS.getAttributes(), 10709 SourceLocation()); 10710 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10711 10712 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10713 10714 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10715 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10716 10717 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10718 FD->setImplicit(); 10719 10720 CurContext = PrevDC; 10721 10722 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10723 10724 return FD; 10725 } 10726 10727 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10728 /// the declaration of this function. 10729 /// 10730 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10731 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10732 /// like NSLog or printf. 10733 /// 10734 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10735 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10736 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10737 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10738 return; 10739 10740 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10741 // actual attributes. 10742 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10743 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10744 unsigned FormatIdx; 10745 bool HasVAListArg; 10746 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10747 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10748 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10749 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10750 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10751 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10752 fmt = "NSString"; 10753 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10754 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10755 FormatIdx+1, 10756 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10757 FD->getLocation())); 10758 } 10759 } 10760 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10761 HasVAListArg)) { 10762 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10763 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10764 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10765 FormatIdx+1, 10766 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10767 FD->getLocation())); 10768 } 10769 10770 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10771 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10772 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10773 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10774 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10775 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10776 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10777 } 10778 10779 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10780 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10781 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10782 FD->getLocation())); 10783 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10784 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10785 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10786 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10787 } 10788 10789 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10790 if (!Name) 10791 return; 10792 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10793 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10794 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10795 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10796 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10797 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10798 // about. 10799 } else 10800 return; 10801 10802 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10803 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10804 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10805 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10806 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10807 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10808 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10809 FD->getLocation())); 10810 } 10811 10812 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10813 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10814 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10815 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10816 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10817 FD->getLocation())); 10818 } 10819 } 10820 10821 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10822 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10823 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10824 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10825 10826 if (!TInfo) { 10827 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10828 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10829 } 10830 10831 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10832 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10833 D.getLocStart(), 10834 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10835 D.getIdentifier(), 10836 TInfo); 10837 10838 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10839 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10840 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10841 return NewTD; 10842 } 10843 10844 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10845 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10846 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10847 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10848 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10850 else 10851 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10852 } 10853 10854 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10855 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10856 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10857 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10858 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10859 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10860 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10861 case TST_enum: 10862 case TST_struct: 10863 case TST_interface: 10864 case TST_union: 10865 case TST_class: { 10866 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10867 10868 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10869 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10870 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10871 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10872 10873 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10874 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10875 10876 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10877 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10878 break; 10879 10880 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10881 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10882 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10883 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10884 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10885 // for how to handle it. 10886 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10887 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10888 10889 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10890 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10891 10892 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10893 textToInsert += ' '; 10894 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10895 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10896 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10897 break; 10898 } 10899 10900 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10901 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10902 break; 10903 } 10904 10905 default: 10906 break; 10907 } 10908 10909 return NewTD; 10910 } 10911 10912 10913 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10914 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10915 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10916 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10917 10918 if (T->isDependentType()) 10919 return false; 10920 10921 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10922 if (BT->isInteger()) 10923 return false; 10924 10925 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10926 return true; 10927 } 10928 10929 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10930 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10931 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10932 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10933 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10934 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10935 10936 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10937 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10938 << Prev->isScoped(); 10939 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10940 return true; 10941 } 10942 10943 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10944 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10945 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10946 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10947 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10948 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10949 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10950 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10951 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10952 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10953 return true; 10954 } 10955 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10956 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10957 << Prev->isFixed(); 10958 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10959 return true; 10960 } 10961 10962 return false; 10963 } 10964 10965 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10966 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10967 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10968 /// 10969 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10970 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10971 switch (Tag) { 10972 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10973 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10974 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10975 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10976 } 10977 } 10978 10979 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10980 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10981 /// 10982 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10983 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10984 { 10985 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10986 } 10987 10988 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10989 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10990 /// 10991 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10992 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10993 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10994 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10995 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10996 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10997 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10998 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10999 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11000 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11001 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11002 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11003 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11004 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11005 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11006 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11007 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11008 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11009 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11010 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11011 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11012 return true; 11013 11014 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11015 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11016 bool isTemplate = false; 11017 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11018 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11019 11020 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11021 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11022 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11023 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11024 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11025 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11026 return true; 11027 } 11028 11029 if (isDefinition) { 11030 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11031 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11032 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11033 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11034 return true; 11035 } 11036 11037 bool previousMismatch = false; 11038 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11039 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11040 if (!previousMismatch) { 11041 previousMismatch = true; 11042 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11043 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11044 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11045 } 11046 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11047 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11048 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11049 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11050 } 11051 } 11052 return true; 11053 } 11054 11055 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11056 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11057 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11058 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11059 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11060 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11061 return true; 11062 } 11063 11064 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11065 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11066 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11067 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11068 11069 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11070 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11071 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11072 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11073 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11074 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11075 } 11076 11077 return true; 11078 } 11079 return false; 11080 } 11081 11082 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11083 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11084 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11085 /// namespace N { 11086 /// struct X; 11087 /// namespace M { 11088 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11089 /// } 11090 /// } 11091 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11092 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11093 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11094 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11095 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11096 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11097 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11098 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11099 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11100 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11101 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11102 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11103 return FixItHint(); 11104 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11105 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11106 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11107 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11108 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11109 break; 11110 } 11111 11112 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11113 // build an NNS. 11114 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11115 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11116 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11117 OS << "::"; 11118 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11119 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11120 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11121 OS.flush(); 11122 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11123 } 11124 11125 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11126 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11127 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11128 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11129 /// 11130 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11131 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11132 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11133 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11134 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11135 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11136 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11137 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11138 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11139 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11140 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11141 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11142 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11143 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11144 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11145 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11146 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11147 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11148 11149 OwnedDecl = false; 11150 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11151 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11152 11153 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11154 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11155 bool Invalid = false; 11156 11157 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11158 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11159 // for non-C++ cases. 11160 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11161 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11162 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11163 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11164 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11165 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11166 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11167 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11168 return nullptr; 11169 } 11170 11171 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11172 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11173 // be a member of another template). 11174 11175 if (Invalid) 11176 return nullptr; 11177 11178 OwnedDecl = false; 11179 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11180 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11181 TemplateParams, AS, 11182 ModulePrivateLoc, 11183 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11184 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11185 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11186 return Result.get(); 11187 } else { 11188 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11189 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11190 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11191 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11192 } 11193 } 11194 } 11195 11196 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11197 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11198 // redeclaration. 11199 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11200 11201 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11202 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11203 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11204 // type, default to int. 11205 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11206 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11207 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11208 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11209 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11210 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11211 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11212 11213 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11214 // Recover by falling back to int. 11215 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11216 11217 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11218 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11219 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11220 11221 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11222 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11223 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11224 } 11225 11226 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11227 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11228 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11229 11230 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11231 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11232 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11233 11234 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11235 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11236 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11237 11238 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11239 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11240 Name = nullptr; 11241 goto CreateNewDecl; 11242 } 11243 11244 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11245 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11246 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11247 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11248 if (!DC) { 11249 IsDependent = true; 11250 return nullptr; 11251 } 11252 } else { 11253 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11254 if (!DC) { 11255 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11256 << SS.getRange(); 11257 return nullptr; 11258 } 11259 } 11260 11261 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11262 return nullptr; 11263 11264 SearchDC = DC; 11265 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11266 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11267 11268 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11269 return nullptr; 11270 11271 if (Previous.empty()) { 11272 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11273 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11274 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11275 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11276 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11277 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11278 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11279 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11280 IsDependent = true; 11281 return nullptr; 11282 } 11283 11284 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11285 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11286 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11287 Name = nullptr; 11288 Invalid = true; 11289 goto CreateNewDecl; 11290 } 11291 } else if (Name) { 11292 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11293 // declaration or definition. 11294 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11295 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11296 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11297 LookupName(Previous, S); 11298 11299 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11300 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11301 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11302 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11303 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11304 while (F.hasNext()) { 11305 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11306 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11307 F.erase(); 11308 } 11309 F.done(); 11310 } 11311 11312 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11313 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11314 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11315 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11316 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11317 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11318 // 11319 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11320 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11321 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11322 // 11323 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11324 // semantic context? 11325 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11326 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11327 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11328 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11329 while (F.hasNext()) { 11330 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11331 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11332 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11333 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11334 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11335 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11336 else 11337 F.erase(); 11338 } 11339 } 11340 F.done(); 11341 11342 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11343 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11344 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11345 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11346 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11347 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11348 } 11349 } 11350 11351 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11352 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11353 return nullptr; 11354 11355 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11356 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11357 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11358 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11359 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11360 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11361 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11362 } 11363 } 11364 11365 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11366 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11367 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11368 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11369 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11370 Previous.clear(); 11371 } 11372 11373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11374 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11375 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11376 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11377 11378 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11379 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11380 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11381 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11382 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11383 } 11384 } 11385 11386 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11387 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11388 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11389 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11390 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11391 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11392 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11393 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11394 11395 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11396 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11397 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11398 // 11399 // class-key identifier 11400 // 11401 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11402 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11403 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11404 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11405 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11406 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11407 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11408 // declaration. 11409 // 11410 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11411 // C structs and unions. 11412 // 11413 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11414 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11415 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11416 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11417 // 11418 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11419 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11420 // 11421 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11422 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11423 // lexical context, 11424 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11425 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11426 11427 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11428 while (S->isClassScope() || 11429 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11430 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11431 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11432 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11433 S = S->getParent(); 11434 } else { 11435 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11436 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11437 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11438 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11439 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11440 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11441 } 11442 11443 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11444 // diagnose some problems. 11445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11446 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11447 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11448 } 11449 } 11450 11451 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11452 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11453 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11454 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11455 11456 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11457 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11458 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11459 // in C++. 11460 // 11461 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11462 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11463 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11464 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11465 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11466 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11467 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11468 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11469 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11470 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11471 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11472 PrevDecl = Tag; 11473 Previous.clear(); 11474 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11475 Previous.resolveKind(); 11476 } 11477 } 11478 } 11479 } 11480 11481 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11482 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11483 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11484 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11485 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11486 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11487 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11488 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11489 // struct or something similar. 11490 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11491 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11492 *Name)) { 11493 bool SafeToContinue 11494 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11495 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11496 if (SafeToContinue) 11497 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11498 << Name 11499 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11500 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11501 else 11502 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11503 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11504 11505 if (SafeToContinue) 11506 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11507 else { 11508 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11509 Name = nullptr; 11510 Previous.clear(); 11511 Invalid = true; 11512 } 11513 } 11514 11515 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11516 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11517 11518 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11519 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11520 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11521 if (ScopedEnum) 11522 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11523 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11525 return PrevTagDecl; 11526 } 11527 11528 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11529 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11530 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11531 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11532 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11533 11534 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11535 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11536 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11537 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11538 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11539 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11540 } 11541 11542 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11543 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11544 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11545 // and then later defined. 11546 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11547 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11549 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11550 } 11551 11552 if (!Invalid) { 11553 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11554 // we have attributes. 11555 11556 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11557 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11558 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11559 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11560 if (!Attr && 11561 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11562 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11563 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11564 return PrevTagDecl; 11565 11566 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11567 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11568 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11569 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11570 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11571 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11572 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11573 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11574 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11575 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11576 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11577 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11578 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11579 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11580 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11581 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11582 } 11583 11584 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11585 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11586 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11587 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11588 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11589 else 11590 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11591 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11592 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11593 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11594 // references get the previous definition. 11595 Name = nullptr; 11596 Previous.clear(); 11597 Invalid = true; 11598 } 11599 } else { 11600 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11601 // about a nested redefinition. 11602 const TagType *Tag 11603 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11604 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11605 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11606 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11607 diag::note_previous_definition); 11608 Name = nullptr; 11609 Previous.clear(); 11610 Invalid = true; 11611 } 11612 } 11613 11614 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11615 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11616 } 11617 11618 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11619 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11620 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11621 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11622 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11623 AS = AS_none; 11624 } 11625 } 11626 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11627 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11628 11629 } else { 11630 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11631 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11632 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11633 // have distinct types. 11634 Previous.clear(); 11635 } 11636 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11637 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11638 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11639 11640 11641 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11642 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11643 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11644 } else { 11645 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11646 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11647 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11648 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11649 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11650 unsigned Kind = 0; 11651 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11652 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11653 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11654 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11655 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11656 Invalid = true; 11657 11658 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11659 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11660 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11661 // do nothing 11662 11663 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11664 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11665 unsigned Kind = 0; 11666 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11667 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11668 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11669 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11670 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11671 Invalid = true; 11672 11673 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11674 // case here. 11675 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11676 unsigned Kind = 0; 11677 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11678 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11679 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11680 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11681 Invalid = true; 11682 11683 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11684 } else { 11685 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11686 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11687 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11688 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11689 Name = nullptr; 11690 Invalid = true; 11691 } 11692 11693 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11694 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11695 Previous.clear(); 11696 } 11697 } 11698 11699 CreateNewDecl: 11700 11701 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11702 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11703 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11704 11705 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11706 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11707 // keyword. 11708 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11709 11710 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11711 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11712 // PrevDecl. 11713 TagDecl *New; 11714 11715 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11716 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11717 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11718 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11719 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11720 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11721 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11722 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11723 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11724 TagDecl *Def; 11725 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11726 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11727 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11728 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11729 } 11730 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11731 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11732 << New; 11733 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11734 } else { 11735 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11736 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11737 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11738 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11739 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11740 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11741 11742 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11743 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11744 // the declaration context. 11745 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11746 IsForwardReference = true; 11747 } 11748 } 11749 11750 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11751 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11752 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11753 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11754 else 11755 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11756 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11757 } 11758 11759 } else { 11760 // struct/union/class 11761 11762 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11763 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11764 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11765 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11766 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11767 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11768 11769 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11770 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11771 } else 11772 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11773 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11774 } 11775 11776 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11777 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11780 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11781 Invalid = true; 11782 } 11783 11784 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11785 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11786 if (SS.isSet()) { 11787 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11788 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11789 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11790 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11791 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11792 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11793 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11794 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11795 Invalid = true; 11796 11797 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11798 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11799 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11800 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11801 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11802 } 11803 } 11804 else 11805 Invalid = true; 11806 } 11807 11808 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11809 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11810 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11811 // 11812 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11813 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11814 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11815 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11816 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11817 // parsing of the struct). 11818 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11819 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11820 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11821 } 11822 } 11823 11824 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11825 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11826 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11827 << 2 11828 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11829 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11830 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11831 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11832 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11833 New->setModulePrivate(); 11834 } 11835 11836 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11837 // check the specialization. 11838 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11839 Invalid = true; 11840 11841 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11842 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11843 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11844 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11845 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11847 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11848 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11849 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11851 << Name; 11852 Invalid = true; 11853 } 11854 } else { 11855 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11856 } 11857 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11858 } 11859 11860 if (Invalid) 11861 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11862 11863 if (Attr) 11864 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11865 11866 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11867 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11868 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11869 11870 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11871 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11872 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11873 // the tag name visible. 11874 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11875 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11876 11877 // Set the access specifier. 11878 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11879 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11880 11881 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11882 New->startDefinition(); 11883 11884 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11885 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11886 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11887 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11888 if (PrevDecl) 11889 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11890 11891 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11892 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11893 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11894 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11895 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11896 } else if (Name) { 11897 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11898 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11899 if (IsForwardReference) 11900 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11901 11902 } else { 11903 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11904 } 11905 11906 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11907 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11908 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11909 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11910 II->isStr("FILE")) 11911 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11912 11913 if (PrevDecl) 11914 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11915 11916 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11917 // record. 11918 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11919 11920 OwnedDecl = true; 11921 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11922 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11923 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11924 } 11925 11926 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11927 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11928 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11929 11930 // Enter the tag context. 11931 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11932 11933 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11934 11935 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11936 // record. 11937 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11938 } 11939 11940 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11941 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11942 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11943 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11944 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11945 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11946 CurContext = OCD; 11947 return IDecl; 11948 } 11949 11950 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11951 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11952 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11953 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11954 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11955 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11956 11957 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11958 11959 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11960 return; 11961 11962 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11963 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11964 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11965 11966 // C++ [class]p2: 11967 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11968 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11969 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11970 // as if it were a public member name. 11971 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11972 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11973 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11974 Record->getIdentifier(), 11975 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11976 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11977 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11978 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11979 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11980 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11981 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11982 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11983 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11984 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11985 } 11986 11987 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11988 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11989 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11990 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11991 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11992 11993 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11994 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11995 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11996 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11997 RD->completeDefinition(); 11998 } 11999 12000 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12001 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12002 12003 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12004 PopDeclContext(); 12005 12006 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12007 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12008 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12009 12010 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12011 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12012 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12013 } 12014 12015 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12016 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12017 PopDeclContext(); 12018 } 12019 12020 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12021 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12022 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12023 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12024 } 12025 12026 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12027 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12028 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12029 } 12030 12031 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12032 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12033 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12034 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12035 12036 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12037 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12038 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12039 RD->completeDefinition(); 12040 } 12041 12042 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12043 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12044 // the FieldCollector. 12045 12046 PopDeclContext(); 12047 } 12048 12049 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12050 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12051 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12052 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12053 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12054 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12055 if (ZeroWidth) 12056 *ZeroWidth = true; 12057 12058 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12059 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12060 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12061 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12062 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12063 return ExprError(); 12064 if (FieldName) 12065 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12066 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12067 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12068 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12069 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12070 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12071 return ExprError(); 12072 12073 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12074 // it now. 12075 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12076 return BitWidth; 12077 12078 llvm::APSInt Value; 12079 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12080 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12081 return ICE; 12082 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12083 12084 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12085 *ZeroWidth = false; 12086 12087 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12088 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12089 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12090 12091 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12092 if (FieldName) 12093 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12094 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12095 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12096 << Value.toString(10); 12097 } 12098 12099 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12100 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12101 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12102 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12103 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12104 if (FieldName) 12105 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12106 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12107 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12108 12109 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12110 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12111 } 12112 12113 if (FieldName) 12114 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12115 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12116 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12117 else 12118 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12119 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12120 } 12121 } 12122 12123 return BitWidth; 12124 } 12125 12126 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12127 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12128 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12129 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12130 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12131 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12132 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12133 return Res; 12134 } 12135 12136 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12137 /// 12138 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12139 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12140 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12141 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12142 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12143 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12144 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12145 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12146 12147 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12148 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12149 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12150 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12151 12152 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12153 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12154 D.setInvalidType(); 12155 T = Context.IntTy; 12156 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12157 } 12158 } 12159 12160 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12161 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12162 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12163 D.setInvalidType(); 12164 } 12165 12166 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12167 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12168 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12170 D.setInvalidType(); 12171 } 12172 12173 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12174 12175 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12176 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12177 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12178 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12179 12180 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12181 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12182 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12183 LookupName(Previous, S); 12184 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12185 case LookupResult::Found: 12186 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12187 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12188 break; 12189 12190 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12191 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12192 break; 12193 12194 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12195 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12196 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12197 break; 12198 } 12199 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12200 12201 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12202 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12203 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12204 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12205 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12206 } 12207 12208 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12209 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12210 12211 bool Mutable 12212 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12213 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12214 FieldDecl *NewFD 12215 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12216 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12217 12218 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12219 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12220 12221 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12222 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12223 12224 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12225 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12226 // with the same name in the same scope. 12227 } else if (II) { 12228 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12229 } else 12230 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12231 12232 return NewFD; 12233 } 12234 12235 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12236 /// 12237 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12238 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12239 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12240 /// created. 12241 /// 12242 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12243 /// 12244 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12245 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12247 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12248 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12249 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12250 SourceLocation TSSL, 12251 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12252 Declarator *D) { 12253 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12254 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12255 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12256 12257 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12258 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12259 if (T.isNull()) { 12260 InvalidDecl = true; 12261 T = Context.IntTy; 12262 } 12263 12264 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12265 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12266 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12267 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12268 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12269 InvalidDecl = true; 12270 } else { 12271 NamedDecl *Def; 12272 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12273 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12274 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12275 InvalidDecl = true; 12276 } 12277 } 12278 } 12279 12280 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12281 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12283 InvalidDecl = true; 12284 } 12285 12286 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12287 // than a variably modified type. 12288 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12289 bool SizeIsNegative; 12290 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12291 12292 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12293 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12294 SizeIsNegative, 12295 Oversized); 12296 if (FixedTInfo) { 12297 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12298 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12299 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12300 } else { 12301 if (SizeIsNegative) 12302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12303 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12305 << Oversized.toString(10); 12306 else 12307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12308 InvalidDecl = true; 12309 } 12310 } 12311 12312 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12313 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12314 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12315 AbstractFieldType)) 12316 InvalidDecl = true; 12317 12318 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12319 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12320 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12321 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12322 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12323 if (!BitWidth) { 12324 InvalidDecl = true; 12325 BitWidth = nullptr; 12326 ZeroWidth = false; 12327 } 12328 } 12329 12330 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12331 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12332 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12333 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12334 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12335 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12336 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12337 12338 if (DiagID) { 12339 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12340 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12341 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12342 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12343 Mutable = false; 12344 InvalidDecl = true; 12345 } 12346 } 12347 12348 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12349 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12350 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12351 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12352 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12353 12354 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12355 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12356 if (InvalidDecl) 12357 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12358 12359 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12361 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12362 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12363 } 12364 12365 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12366 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12367 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12368 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12369 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12370 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12371 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12372 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12373 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12374 // objects. 12375 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12377 } 12378 } 12379 12380 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12381 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12382 // enabled. 12383 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12384 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12385 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12386 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12387 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12388 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12389 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12390 } 12391 } 12392 } 12393 12394 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12395 // representation, not a parser representation. 12396 if (D) { 12397 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12398 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12399 12400 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12401 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12402 } 12403 12404 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12405 // retainable type. 12406 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12407 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12408 12409 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12410 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12411 12412 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12413 return NewFD; 12414 } 12415 12416 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12417 assert(FD); 12418 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12419 12420 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12421 return false; 12422 12423 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12424 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12425 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12426 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12427 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12428 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12429 // copy constructors. 12430 12431 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12432 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12433 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12434 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12435 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12436 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12437 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12438 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12439 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12440 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12441 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12442 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12443 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12444 member = CXXDestructor; 12445 12446 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12447 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12448 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12449 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12450 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12451 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12452 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12453 // members unavailable. 12454 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12455 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12456 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12457 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12458 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12459 Loc)); 12460 return false; 12461 } 12462 } 12463 12464 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12465 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12466 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12467 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12468 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12469 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12470 } 12471 } 12472 } 12473 12474 return false; 12475 } 12476 12477 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12478 /// AST enum value. 12479 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12480 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12481 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12482 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12483 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12484 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12485 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12486 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12487 } 12488 } 12489 12490 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12491 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12492 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12493 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12494 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12495 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12496 12497 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12498 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12499 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12500 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12501 12502 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12503 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12504 12505 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12506 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12507 12508 if (BitWidth) { 12509 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12510 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12511 if (!BitWidth) 12512 D.setInvalidType(); 12513 } else { 12514 // Not a bitfield. 12515 12516 // validate II. 12517 12518 } 12519 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12520 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12521 D.setInvalidType(); 12522 } 12523 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12524 // than a variably modified type. 12525 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12526 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12527 D.setInvalidType(); 12528 } 12529 12530 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12531 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12532 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12533 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12534 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12535 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12536 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12537 return nullptr; 12538 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12539 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12540 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12541 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12542 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12543 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12544 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12545 } 12546 else 12547 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12548 } else { 12549 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12550 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12551 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12552 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12553 return nullptr; 12554 } 12555 } 12556 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12557 } 12558 12559 // Construct the decl. 12560 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12561 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12562 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12563 12564 if (II) { 12565 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12566 ForRedeclaration); 12567 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12568 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12569 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12570 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12571 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12572 } 12573 } 12574 12575 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12576 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12577 12578 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12579 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12580 12581 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12582 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12583 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12584 12585 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12586 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12587 12588 if (II) { 12589 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12590 // these to the interface. 12591 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12592 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12593 } 12594 12595 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12596 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12597 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12598 12599 return NewID; 12600 } 12601 12602 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12603 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12604 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12605 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12606 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12607 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12608 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12609 return; 12610 12611 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12612 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12613 12614 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12615 return; 12616 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12617 if (!ID) { 12618 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12619 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12620 return; 12621 } 12622 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12623 else 12624 return; 12625 } 12626 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12627 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12628 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12629 12630 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12631 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12632 Context.CharTy, 12633 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12634 DeclLoc), 12635 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12636 true); 12637 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12638 } 12639 12640 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12641 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12642 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12643 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12644 12645 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12646 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12647 // it will now change. 12648 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12649 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12650 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12651 default: break; 12652 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12653 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12654 break; 12655 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12656 Context. 12657 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12658 break; 12659 } 12660 } 12661 12662 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12663 12664 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12665 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12666 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12667 if (Record) { 12668 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12669 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12670 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12671 ++NumNamedMembers; 12672 } 12673 } 12674 12675 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12676 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12677 12678 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12679 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12680 i != end; ++i) { 12681 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12682 12683 // Get the type for the field. 12684 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12685 12686 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12687 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12688 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12689 } 12690 12691 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12692 // diagnostics about it. 12693 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12694 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12695 continue; 12696 } 12697 12698 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12699 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12700 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12701 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12702 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12703 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12704 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12705 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12706 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12707 // array. 12708 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12709 // Field declared as a function. 12710 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12711 << FD->getDeclName(); 12712 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12713 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12714 continue; 12715 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12716 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12717 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12718 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12719 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12720 // Flexible array member. 12721 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12722 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12723 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12724 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12725 if (Record->isUnion()) 12726 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12727 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12728 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12729 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12730 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12731 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12732 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12733 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12734 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12735 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12736 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12737 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12738 : 0; 12739 12740 if (DiagID) 12741 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12742 << Record->getTagKind(); 12743 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12744 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12745 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12746 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12747 // of the type. 12748 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12749 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12750 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12751 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12752 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12753 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12754 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12755 12756 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12757 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12758 // 12759 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12760 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12761 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12762 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12763 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12764 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12765 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12766 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12767 continue; 12768 } 12769 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12770 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12771 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12772 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12773 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12774 // Incomplete type 12775 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12776 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12777 continue; 12778 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12779 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12780 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12781 // flexible array member. 12782 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12783 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12784 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12785 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12786 // structures. 12787 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12788 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12789 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12790 else { 12791 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12792 // other structs as an extension. 12793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12794 << FD->getDeclName(); 12795 } 12796 } 12797 } 12798 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12799 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12800 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12801 AbstractIvarType)) { 12802 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12803 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12804 } 12805 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12806 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12807 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12808 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12809 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12810 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12811 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12812 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12813 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12814 FD->setType(T); 12815 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12816 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12817 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12818 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12819 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12820 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12821 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12822 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12823 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12824 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12825 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12826 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12827 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12828 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12829 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12830 loc)); 12831 } 12832 } else { 12833 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12834 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12835 } 12836 ARCErrReported = true; 12837 } 12838 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12839 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12840 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12841 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12842 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12843 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12844 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12845 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12846 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12847 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12848 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12849 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12850 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12851 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12852 } 12853 } 12854 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12855 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12856 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12857 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12858 ++NumNamedMembers; 12859 } 12860 12861 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12862 if (Record) { 12863 bool Completed = false; 12864 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12865 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12866 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12867 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12868 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12869 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12870 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12871 12872 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12873 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12874 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12876 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12877 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12878 } 12879 12880 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12881 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12882 12883 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12884 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12885 // problem now. 12886 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12887 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12888 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12889 12890 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12891 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12892 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12893 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12894 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12895 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12896 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12897 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12898 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12899 continue; 12900 12901 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12902 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12903 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12904 // program is ill-formed. 12905 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12906 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12907 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12908 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12909 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12910 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12911 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12912 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12913 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12914 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12915 12916 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12917 } 12918 } 12919 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12920 Completed = true; 12921 } 12922 } 12923 } 12924 } 12925 12926 if (!Completed) 12927 Record->completeDefinition(); 12928 12929 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12930 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12931 12932 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12933 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12934 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12935 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12936 } 12937 12938 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12939 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12940 // compatibility problems. 12941 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12942 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12943 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12944 } else { 12945 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12946 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12947 CheckForZeroSize = 12948 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12949 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12950 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12951 } 12952 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12953 bool ZeroSize = true; 12954 bool IsEmpty = true; 12955 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12956 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12957 E = Record->field_end(); 12958 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12959 IsEmpty = false; 12960 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12961 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12962 ZeroSize = false; 12963 } else { 12964 ++NonBitFields; 12965 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12966 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12967 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12968 ZeroSize = false; 12969 } 12970 } 12971 12972 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12973 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12974 // extern "C" block. 12975 if (ZeroSize) { 12976 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12977 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12978 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12979 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12980 } 12981 12982 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12983 // but are accepted by GCC. 12984 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12985 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12986 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12987 << Record->isUnion(); 12988 } 12989 } 12990 } else { 12991 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12992 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12993 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12994 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12995 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12997 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12998 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12999 } 13000 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13001 // duplicates. 13002 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13003 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13004 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13005 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13006 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13007 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13008 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13009 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13010 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13011 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13012 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13013 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13014 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13015 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13016 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13017 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13018 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13019 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13020 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13021 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13022 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13023 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13024 if (IDecl) { 13025 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13026 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13027 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13028 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13029 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13030 continue; 13031 } 13032 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13033 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13034 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13035 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13036 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13037 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13038 continue; 13039 } 13040 } 13041 } 13042 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13043 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13044 } 13045 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13046 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13047 } 13048 } 13049 13050 if (Attr) 13051 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13052 } 13053 13054 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13055 /// the given type T. 13056 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13057 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13058 QualType T) { 13059 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13060 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13061 13062 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13063 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13064 --BitWidth; 13065 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13066 } 13067 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13068 } 13069 13070 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13071 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13072 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13073 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13074 // enum checking below. 13075 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13076 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13077 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13078 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13079 }; 13080 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13081 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13082 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13083 }; 13084 13085 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13086 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13087 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13088 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13089 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13090 return Types[I]; 13091 13092 return QualType(); 13093 } 13094 13095 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13096 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13097 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13098 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13099 Expr *Val) { 13100 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13101 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13102 QualType EltTy; 13103 13104 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13105 Val = nullptr; 13106 13107 if (Val) 13108 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13109 13110 if (Val) { 13111 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13112 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13113 else { 13114 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13116 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13117 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13118 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13119 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13120 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13121 ExprResult Converted = 13122 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13123 CCEK_Enumerator); 13124 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13125 Val = nullptr; 13126 else 13127 Val = Converted.get(); 13128 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13129 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13130 &EnumVal).get())) { 13131 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13132 } else { 13133 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13134 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13135 13136 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13137 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13138 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13139 // expression checking. 13140 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13141 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13142 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13143 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13144 } else 13145 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13146 } else 13147 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13148 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13149 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13150 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13151 // is the type of its initializing value: 13152 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13153 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13154 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13155 } else { 13156 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13157 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13158 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13159 // representable as an int. 13160 13161 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13162 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13163 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13164 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13165 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13166 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13167 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13168 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13169 } 13170 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13171 } 13172 } 13173 } 13174 } 13175 13176 if (!Val) { 13177 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13178 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13179 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13180 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13181 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13182 // is the type of its initializing value: 13183 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13184 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13185 // 13186 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13187 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13188 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13189 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13190 } 13191 else { 13192 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13193 } 13194 } else { 13195 // Assign the last value + 1. 13196 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13197 ++EnumVal; 13198 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13199 13200 // Check for overflow on increment. 13201 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13202 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13203 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13204 // is the type of its initializing value: 13205 // 13206 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13207 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13208 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13209 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13210 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13211 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13212 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13213 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13214 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13215 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13216 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13217 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13218 ++EnumVal; 13219 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13220 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13221 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13222 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13223 << EltTy; 13224 else 13225 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13226 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13227 } else { 13228 EltTy = T; 13229 } 13230 13231 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13232 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13233 // value, then increment. 13234 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13235 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13236 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13237 ++EnumVal; 13238 13239 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13240 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13241 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13242 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13243 // integral type. 13244 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13245 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13246 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13247 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13248 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13249 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13250 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13251 } 13252 } 13253 } 13254 13255 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13256 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13257 // enumerator's type. 13258 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13259 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13260 } 13261 13262 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13263 Val, EnumVal); 13264 } 13265 13266 13267 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13268 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13269 AttributeList *Attr, 13270 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13271 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13272 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13273 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13274 13275 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13276 // we find one that is. 13277 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13278 13279 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13280 // scope. 13281 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13282 ForRedeclaration); 13283 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13284 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13285 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13286 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13287 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13288 } 13289 13290 if (PrevDecl) { 13291 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13292 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13293 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13294 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13295 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13296 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13297 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13298 else 13299 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13300 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13301 return nullptr; 13302 } 13303 } 13304 13305 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13306 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13307 // different from T: 13308 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13309 // enumerated type 13310 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13311 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13312 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13313 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13314 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13315 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13316 13317 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13318 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13319 13320 if (New) { 13321 // Process attributes. 13322 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13323 13324 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13325 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13326 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13327 } 13328 13329 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13330 13331 return New; 13332 } 13333 13334 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13335 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13336 // Element2 = Element1 13337 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13338 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13339 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13340 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13341 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13342 if (!InitExpr) 13343 return true; 13344 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13345 13346 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13347 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13348 return true; 13349 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13350 if (!IL) 13351 return true; 13352 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13353 return true; 13354 13355 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13356 } 13357 13358 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13359 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13360 if (!DRE) 13361 return true; 13362 13363 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13364 if (!EnumConstant) 13365 return true; 13366 13367 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13368 Enum) 13369 return true; 13370 13371 return false; 13372 } 13373 13374 struct DupKey { 13375 int64_t val; 13376 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13377 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13378 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13379 }; 13380 13381 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13382 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13383 false); 13384 } 13385 13386 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13387 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13388 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13389 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13390 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13391 } 13392 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13393 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13394 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13395 } 13396 }; 13397 13398 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13399 // a previous element has already been set to. 13400 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13401 EnumDecl *Enum, 13402 QualType EnumType) { 13403 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13404 return; 13405 // Avoid anonymous enums 13406 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13407 return; 13408 13409 // Only check for small enums. 13410 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13411 return; 13412 13413 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13414 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13415 13416 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13417 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13418 ValueToVectorMap; 13419 13420 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13421 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13422 13423 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13424 // an initialier. 13425 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13426 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13427 13428 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13429 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13430 if (!ECD) { 13431 return; 13432 } 13433 13434 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13435 continue; 13436 13437 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13438 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13439 13440 // First time encountering this value. 13441 if (Entry.isNull()) 13442 Entry = ECD; 13443 } 13444 13445 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13446 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13447 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13448 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13449 continue; 13450 13451 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13452 13453 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13454 if (Entry.isNull()) 13455 continue; 13456 13457 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13458 // Ensure constants are different. 13459 if (D == ECD) 13460 continue; 13461 13462 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13463 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13464 Vec->push_back(D); 13465 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13466 13467 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13468 Entry = Vec; 13469 13470 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13471 // diagnostics. 13472 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13473 continue; 13474 } 13475 13476 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13477 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13478 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13479 continue; 13480 13481 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13482 } 13483 13484 // Emit diagnostics. 13485 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13486 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13487 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13488 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13489 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13490 13491 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13492 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13493 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13494 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13495 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13496 ++I; 13497 13498 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13499 // the same value. 13500 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13501 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13502 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13503 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13504 delete Vec; 13505 } 13506 } 13507 13508 bool 13509 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13510 bool AllowMask) const { 13511 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13512 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13513 13514 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13515 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13516 13517 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13518 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13519 13520 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13521 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13522 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13523 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13524 // 13525 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13526 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13527 // likely a logic error. 13528 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13529 return true; 13530 13531 if (AllowMask) { 13532 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13533 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13534 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13535 // benefit of the doubt. 13536 // 13537 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13538 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13539 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13540 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13541 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13542 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13543 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13544 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13545 return true; 13546 } 13547 13548 return false; 13549 } 13550 13551 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13552 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13553 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13554 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13555 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13556 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13557 13558 if (Attr) 13559 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13560 13561 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13562 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13563 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13564 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13565 if (!ECD) continue; 13566 13567 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13568 } 13569 13570 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13571 return; 13572 } 13573 13574 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13575 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13576 // emit a warning. 13577 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13578 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13579 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13580 13581 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13582 // reverse the list. 13583 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13584 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13585 13586 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13587 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13588 13589 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13590 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13591 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13592 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13593 13594 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13595 13596 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13597 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13598 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13599 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13600 else 13601 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13602 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13603 13604 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13605 if (AllElementsInt) 13606 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13607 } 13608 13609 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13610 QualType BestType; 13611 unsigned BestWidth; 13612 13613 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13614 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13615 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13616 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13617 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13618 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13619 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13620 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13621 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13622 QualType BestPromotionType; 13623 13624 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13625 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13626 // enum definitions. 13627 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13628 Packed = true; 13629 13630 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13631 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13632 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13633 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13634 else 13635 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13636 13637 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13638 } 13639 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13640 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13641 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13642 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13643 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13644 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13645 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13646 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13647 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13648 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13649 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13650 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13651 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13652 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13653 } else { 13654 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13655 13656 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13657 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13658 } else { 13659 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13660 13661 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13662 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13663 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13664 } 13665 } 13666 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13667 } else { 13668 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13669 // all of the enumerator values. 13670 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13671 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13672 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13673 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13674 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13675 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13676 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13677 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13678 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13679 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13680 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13681 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13682 BestPromotionType 13683 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13684 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13685 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13686 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13687 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13688 BestPromotionType 13689 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13690 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13691 } else { 13692 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13693 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13694 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13695 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13696 BestPromotionType 13697 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13698 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13699 } 13700 } 13701 13702 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13703 if (FEAttr) 13704 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13705 13706 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13707 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13708 // FlagBits cache. 13709 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13710 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13711 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13712 13713 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13714 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13715 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13716 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13717 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13718 13719 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13720 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13721 13722 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13723 // the enum decl type. 13724 QualType NewTy; 13725 unsigned NewWidth; 13726 bool NewSign; 13727 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13728 !Enum->isFixed() && 13729 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13730 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13731 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13732 NewSign = true; 13733 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13734 // Already the right type! 13735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13736 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13737 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13738 // enumeration. 13739 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13740 goto flagbits; 13741 } else { 13742 NewTy = BestType; 13743 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13744 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13745 } 13746 13747 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13748 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13749 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13750 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13751 13752 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13753 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13754 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13755 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13756 CK_IntegralCast, 13757 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13758 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13759 VK_RValue)); 13760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13761 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13762 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13763 // enumeration. 13764 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13765 else 13766 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13767 13768 flagbits: 13769 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13770 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13771 if (FEAttr) { 13772 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13773 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13774 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13775 } 13776 } 13777 } 13778 13779 if (FEAttr) { 13780 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13781 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13782 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13783 13784 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13785 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13786 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13787 << ECD << Enum; 13788 } 13789 } 13790 13791 13792 13793 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13794 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13795 13796 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13797 13798 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13799 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13800 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13801 } 13802 13803 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13804 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13805 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13806 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13807 13808 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13809 AsmString, StartLoc, 13810 EndLoc); 13811 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13812 return New; 13813 } 13814 13815 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13816 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13817 DeclContext *DC) { 13818 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13819 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13820 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13821 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13822 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13823 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13824 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13825 return; 13826 } 13827 break; 13828 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13829 break; 13830 } 13831 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13832 } 13833 13834 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13835 DC = DC->getParent(); 13836 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13837 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13838 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13839 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13840 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13841 << DC; 13842 } 13843 } 13844 13845 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13846 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13847 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13848 Module *Mod = 13849 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13850 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13851 if (!Mod) 13852 return true; 13853 13854 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13855 13856 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13857 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13858 // silently ignoring the import. 13859 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13860 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13861 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13862 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13863 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13864 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13865 13866 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13867 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13868 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13869 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13870 // We need the length to be consistent. 13871 if (!ModCheck) 13872 break; 13873 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13874 13875 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13876 } 13877 13878 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13879 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13880 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13881 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13882 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13883 return Import; 13884 } 13885 13886 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13887 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13888 13889 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13890 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13891 /*Complain=*/true); 13892 } 13893 13894 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13895 Module *Mod) { 13896 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13897 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13898 return; 13899 13900 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13901 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13902 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13903 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13904 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13905 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13906 13907 // Make the module visible. 13908 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13909 /*Complain=*/false); 13910 } 13911 13912 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13913 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13914 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13915 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13916 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13917 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13918 LookupOrdinaryName); 13919 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13920 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13921 13922 if (PrevDecl) 13923 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13924 else 13925 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13926 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13927 } 13928 13929 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13930 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13931 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13932 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13933 13934 if (PrevDecl) { 13935 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13936 } else { 13937 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13938 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13939 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13940 } 13941 } 13942 13943 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13944 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13945 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13946 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13947 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13948 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13949 LookupOrdinaryName); 13950 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13951 13952 if (PrevDecl) { 13953 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13954 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13955 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13956 } else { 13957 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13958 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13959 } 13960 } 13961 13962 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13963 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13964 } 13965 13966 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13967 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13968 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13969 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13970 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13971 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13972 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13973 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13974 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13975 if (R != AR_Available) 13976 return R; 13977 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13978 } 13979 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13980 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13981 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13982 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13983 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13984 } 13985 // Recover from user error. 13986 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13987 } 13988